| 1 | /* | 
|---|
| 2 | * bltTable.c -- | 
|---|
| 3 | * | 
|---|
| 4 | *      This module implements a table-based geometry manager | 
|---|
| 5 | *      for the BLT toolkit. | 
|---|
| 6 | * | 
|---|
| 7 | * Copyright 1993-1998 Lucent Technologies, Inc. | 
|---|
| 8 | * | 
|---|
| 9 | * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and | 
|---|
| 10 | * its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby | 
|---|
| 11 | * granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all | 
|---|
| 12 | * copies and that both that the copyright notice and warranty | 
|---|
| 13 | * disclaimer appear in supporting documentation, and that the names | 
|---|
| 14 | * of Lucent Technologies any of their entities not be used in | 
|---|
| 15 | * advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software | 
|---|
| 16 | * without specific, written prior permission. | 
|---|
| 17 | * | 
|---|
| 18 | * Lucent Technologies disclaims all warranties with regard to this | 
|---|
| 19 | * software, including all implied warranties of merchantability and | 
|---|
| 20 | * fitness.  In no event shall Lucent Technologies be liable for any | 
|---|
| 21 | * special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages | 
|---|
| 22 | * whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether in | 
|---|
| 23 | * an action of contract, negligence or other tortuous action, arising | 
|---|
| 24 | * out of or in connection with the use or performance of this | 
|---|
| 25 | * software. | 
|---|
| 26 | * | 
|---|
| 27 | *      The "table" geometry manager was created by George Howlett. | 
|---|
| 28 | */ | 
|---|
| 29 |  | 
|---|
| 30 | /* | 
|---|
| 31 | * To do: | 
|---|
| 32 | * | 
|---|
| 33 | * 3) No way to detect if widget is already a container of another | 
|---|
| 34 | *    geometry manager.  This one is especially bad with toplevel | 
|---|
| 35 | *    widgets, causing the window manager to lock-up trying to handle the | 
|---|
| 36 | *    myriads of resize requests. | 
|---|
| 37 | * | 
|---|
| 38 | *    Note: This problem continues in Tk 8.x.  It's possible for a widget | 
|---|
| 39 | *          to be a container for two different geometry managers.  Each manager | 
|---|
| 40 | *          will set its own requested geometry for the container widget. The | 
|---|
| 41 | *          winner sets the geometry last (sometimes ad infinitum). | 
|---|
| 42 | * | 
|---|
| 43 | * 7) Relative sizing of partitions? | 
|---|
| 44 | * | 
|---|
| 45 | */ | 
|---|
| 46 |  | 
|---|
| 47 | #include "bltInt.h" | 
|---|
| 48 |  | 
|---|
| 49 | #include "bltTable.h" | 
|---|
| 50 |  | 
|---|
| 51 | #define TABLE_THREAD_KEY        "BLT Table Data" | 
|---|
| 52 | #define TABLE_DEF_PAD           0 | 
|---|
| 53 |  | 
|---|
| 54 | /* | 
|---|
| 55 | * Default values for widget attributes. | 
|---|
| 56 | */ | 
|---|
| 57 | #define DEF_TABLE_ANCHOR        "center" | 
|---|
| 58 | #define DEF_TABLE_COLUMNS       "0" | 
|---|
| 59 | #define DEF_TABLE_FILL          "none" | 
|---|
| 60 | #define DEF_TABLE_PAD           "0" | 
|---|
| 61 | #define DEF_TABLE_PROPAGATE     "1" | 
|---|
| 62 | #define DEF_TABLE_RESIZE        "both" | 
|---|
| 63 | #define DEF_TABLE_ROWS          "0" | 
|---|
| 64 | #define DEF_TABLE_SPAN          "1" | 
|---|
| 65 | #define DEF_TABLE_CONTROL       "normal" | 
|---|
| 66 | #define DEF_TABLE_WEIGHT        "1.0" | 
|---|
| 67 |  | 
|---|
| 68 | #define ENTRY_DEF_PAD           0 | 
|---|
| 69 | #define ENTRY_DEF_ANCHOR        TK_ANCHOR_CENTER | 
|---|
| 70 | #define ENTRY_DEF_FILL          FILL_NONE | 
|---|
| 71 | #define ENTRY_DEF_SPAN          1 | 
|---|
| 72 | #define ENTRY_DEF_CONTROL       CONTROL_NORMAL | 
|---|
| 73 | #define ENTRY_DEF_IPAD          0 | 
|---|
| 74 |  | 
|---|
| 75 | #define ROWCOL_DEF_RESIZE       (RESIZE_BOTH | RESIZE_VIRGIN) | 
|---|
| 76 | #define ROWCOL_DEF_PAD          0 | 
|---|
| 77 | #define ROWCOL_DEF_WEIGHT       1.0 | 
|---|
| 78 |  | 
|---|
| 79 | static Blt_Uid rowUid, columnUid; | 
|---|
| 80 |  | 
|---|
| 81 | static void WidgetGeometryProc _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData, | 
|---|
| 82 | Tk_Window tkwin)); | 
|---|
| 83 | static void WidgetCustodyProc _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData, | 
|---|
| 84 | Tk_Window tkwin)); | 
|---|
| 85 |  | 
|---|
| 86 | static Tk_GeomMgr tableMgrInfo = | 
|---|
| 87 | { | 
|---|
| 88 | "table",                    /* Name of geometry manager used by winfo */ | 
|---|
| 89 | WidgetGeometryProc,         /* Procedure to for new geometry requests */ | 
|---|
| 90 | WidgetCustodyProc,          /* Procedure when widget is taken away */ | 
|---|
| 91 | }; | 
|---|
| 92 |  | 
|---|
| 93 | static int StringToLimits _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData, | 
|---|
| 94 | Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, char *string, char *widgRec, | 
|---|
| 95 | int offset)); | 
|---|
| 96 |  | 
|---|
| 97 | static char *LimitsToString _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData, | 
|---|
| 98 | Tk_Window tkwin, char *widgRec, int offset, | 
|---|
| 99 | Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr)); | 
|---|
| 100 |  | 
|---|
| 101 | static Tk_CustomOption limitsOption = | 
|---|
| 102 | { | 
|---|
| 103 | StringToLimits, LimitsToString, (ClientData)0 | 
|---|
| 104 | }; | 
|---|
| 105 |  | 
|---|
| 106 | static int StringToResize _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData, | 
|---|
| 107 | Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, char *string, char *widgRec, | 
|---|
| 108 | int offset)); | 
|---|
| 109 | static char *ResizeToString _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData, | 
|---|
| 110 | Tk_Window tkwin, char *widgRec, int offset, | 
|---|
| 111 | Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr)); | 
|---|
| 112 |  | 
|---|
| 113 | static Tk_CustomOption resizeOption = | 
|---|
| 114 | { | 
|---|
| 115 | StringToResize, ResizeToString, (ClientData)0 | 
|---|
| 116 | }; | 
|---|
| 117 |  | 
|---|
| 118 | static int StringToControl _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData, | 
|---|
| 119 | Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, char *string, char *widgRec, | 
|---|
| 120 | int offset)); | 
|---|
| 121 | static char *ControlToString _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData, | 
|---|
| 122 | Tk_Window tkwin, char *widgRec, int offset, | 
|---|
| 123 | Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr)); | 
|---|
| 124 |  | 
|---|
| 125 | static Tk_CustomOption controlOption = | 
|---|
| 126 | { | 
|---|
| 127 | StringToControl, ControlToString, (ClientData)0 | 
|---|
| 128 | }; | 
|---|
| 129 |  | 
|---|
| 130 | extern Tk_CustomOption bltPadOption; | 
|---|
| 131 | extern Tk_CustomOption bltFillOption; | 
|---|
| 132 | extern Tk_CustomOption bltDistanceOption; | 
|---|
| 133 |  | 
|---|
| 134 | static Tk_ConfigSpec rowConfigSpecs[] = | 
|---|
| 135 | { | 
|---|
| 136 | {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-height", (char *)NULL, (char *)NULL, | 
|---|
| 137 | (char *)NULL, Tk_Offset(RowColumn, reqSize), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, | 
|---|
| 138 | &limitsOption}, | 
|---|
| 139 | {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-pady", (char *)NULL, (char *)NULL, | 
|---|
| 140 | DEF_TABLE_PAD, Tk_Offset(RowColumn, pad), | 
|---|
| 141 | TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &bltPadOption}, | 
|---|
| 142 | {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-resize", (char *)NULL, (char *)NULL, | 
|---|
| 143 | DEF_TABLE_RESIZE, Tk_Offset(RowColumn, resize), | 
|---|
| 144 | TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &resizeOption}, | 
|---|
| 145 | {TK_CONFIG_DOUBLE, "-weight", (char *)NULL, (char *)NULL, | 
|---|
| 146 | DEF_TABLE_WEIGHT, Tk_Offset(RowColumn, weight), | 
|---|
| 147 | TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK | TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &limitsOption}, | 
|---|
| 148 | {TK_CONFIG_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0} | 
|---|
| 149 | }; | 
|---|
| 150 |  | 
|---|
| 151 | static Tk_ConfigSpec columnConfigSpecs[] = | 
|---|
| 152 | { | 
|---|
| 153 | {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-padx", (char *)NULL, (char *)NULL, | 
|---|
| 154 | DEF_TABLE_PAD, Tk_Offset(RowColumn, pad), | 
|---|
| 155 | TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &bltPadOption}, | 
|---|
| 156 | {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-resize", (char *)NULL, (char *)NULL, | 
|---|
| 157 | DEF_TABLE_RESIZE, Tk_Offset(RowColumn, resize), | 
|---|
| 158 | TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &resizeOption}, | 
|---|
| 159 | {TK_CONFIG_DOUBLE, "-weight", (char *)NULL, (char *)NULL, | 
|---|
| 160 | DEF_TABLE_WEIGHT, Tk_Offset(RowColumn, weight), | 
|---|
| 161 | TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK | TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &limitsOption}, | 
|---|
| 162 | {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-width", (char *)NULL, (char *)NULL, | 
|---|
| 163 | (char *)NULL, Tk_Offset(RowColumn, reqSize), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, | 
|---|
| 164 | &limitsOption}, | 
|---|
| 165 | {TK_CONFIG_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0} | 
|---|
| 166 | }; | 
|---|
| 167 |  | 
|---|
| 168 |  | 
|---|
| 169 | static Tk_ConfigSpec entryConfigSpecs[] = | 
|---|
| 170 | { | 
|---|
| 171 | {TK_CONFIG_ANCHOR, "-anchor", (char *)NULL, (char *)NULL, | 
|---|
| 172 | DEF_TABLE_ANCHOR, Tk_Offset(Entry, anchor), | 
|---|
| 173 | TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT}, | 
|---|
| 174 | {TK_CONFIG_INT, "-columnspan", "columnSpan", (char *)NULL, | 
|---|
| 175 | DEF_TABLE_SPAN, Tk_Offset(Entry, column.span), | 
|---|
| 176 | TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT}, | 
|---|
| 177 | {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-columncontrol", "columnControl", (char *)NULL, | 
|---|
| 178 | DEF_TABLE_CONTROL, Tk_Offset(Entry, column.control), | 
|---|
| 179 | TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &controlOption}, | 
|---|
| 180 | {TK_CONFIG_SYNONYM, "-cspan", "columnSpan", (char *)NULL, | 
|---|
| 181 | (char *)NULL, Tk_Offset(Entry, column.span), 0}, | 
|---|
| 182 | {TK_CONFIG_SYNONYM, "-ccontrol", "columnControl", (char *)NULL, | 
|---|
| 183 | (char *)NULL, Tk_Offset(Entry, column.control), 0}, | 
|---|
| 184 | {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-fill", (char *)NULL, (char *)NULL, | 
|---|
| 185 | DEF_TABLE_FILL, Tk_Offset(Entry, fill), | 
|---|
| 186 | TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &bltFillOption}, | 
|---|
| 187 | {TK_CONFIG_SYNONYM, "-height", "reqHeight", (char *)NULL, | 
|---|
| 188 | (char *)NULL, Tk_Offset(Entry, reqHeight), 0}, | 
|---|
| 189 | {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-padx", (char *)NULL, (char *)NULL, | 
|---|
| 190 | (char *)NULL, Tk_Offset(Entry, padX), 0, &bltPadOption}, | 
|---|
| 191 | {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-pady", (char *)NULL, (char *)NULL, | 
|---|
| 192 | (char *)NULL, Tk_Offset(Entry, padY), 0, &bltPadOption}, | 
|---|
| 193 | {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-ipadx", (char *)NULL, (char *)NULL, | 
|---|
| 194 | (char *)NULL, Tk_Offset(Entry, ipadX), 0, &bltDistanceOption}, | 
|---|
| 195 | {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-ipady", (char *)NULL, (char *)NULL, | 
|---|
| 196 | (char *)NULL, Tk_Offset(Entry, ipadY), 0, &bltDistanceOption}, | 
|---|
| 197 | {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-reqheight", "reqHeight", (char *)NULL, | 
|---|
| 198 | (char *)NULL, Tk_Offset(Entry, reqHeight), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, | 
|---|
| 199 | &limitsOption}, | 
|---|
| 200 | {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-reqwidth", "reqWidth", (char *)NULL, | 
|---|
| 201 | (char *)NULL, Tk_Offset(Entry, reqWidth), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, | 
|---|
| 202 | &limitsOption}, | 
|---|
| 203 | {TK_CONFIG_INT, "-rowspan", "rowSpan", (char *)NULL, | 
|---|
| 204 | DEF_TABLE_SPAN, Tk_Offset(Entry, row.span), | 
|---|
| 205 | TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT}, | 
|---|
| 206 | {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-rowcontrol", "rowControl", (char *)NULL, | 
|---|
| 207 | DEF_TABLE_CONTROL, Tk_Offset(Entry, row.control), | 
|---|
| 208 | TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &controlOption}, | 
|---|
| 209 | {TK_CONFIG_SYNONYM, "-rspan", "rowSpan", (char *)NULL, | 
|---|
| 210 | (char *)NULL, Tk_Offset(Entry, row.span), 0}, | 
|---|
| 211 | {TK_CONFIG_SYNONYM, "-rcontrol", "rowControl", (char *)NULL, | 
|---|
| 212 | (char *)NULL, Tk_Offset(Entry, row.control), 0}, | 
|---|
| 213 | {TK_CONFIG_SYNONYM, "-width", "reqWidth", (char *)NULL, | 
|---|
| 214 | (char *)NULL, Tk_Offset(Entry, reqWidth), 0}, | 
|---|
| 215 | {TK_CONFIG_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0} | 
|---|
| 216 | }; | 
|---|
| 217 |  | 
|---|
| 218 |  | 
|---|
| 219 | static Tk_ConfigSpec tableConfigSpecs[] = | 
|---|
| 220 | { | 
|---|
| 221 | {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-padx", (char *)NULL, (char *)NULL, | 
|---|
| 222 | DEF_TABLE_PAD, Tk_Offset(Table, padX), | 
|---|
| 223 | TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &bltPadOption}, | 
|---|
| 224 | {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-pady", (char *)NULL, (char *)NULL, | 
|---|
| 225 | DEF_TABLE_PAD, Tk_Offset(Table, padY), | 
|---|
| 226 | TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &bltPadOption}, | 
|---|
| 227 | {TK_CONFIG_BOOLEAN, "-propagate", (char *)NULL, (char *)NULL, | 
|---|
| 228 | DEF_TABLE_PROPAGATE, Tk_Offset(Table, propagate), | 
|---|
| 229 | TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT}, | 
|---|
| 230 | {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-reqheight", (char *)NULL, (char *)NULL, | 
|---|
| 231 | (char *)NULL, Tk_Offset(Table, reqHeight), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, | 
|---|
| 232 | &limitsOption}, | 
|---|
| 233 | {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-reqwidth", (char *)NULL, (char *)NULL, | 
|---|
| 234 | (char *)NULL, Tk_Offset(Table, reqWidth), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, | 
|---|
| 235 | &limitsOption}, | 
|---|
| 236 | {TK_CONFIG_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0} | 
|---|
| 237 | }; | 
|---|
| 238 |  | 
|---|
| 239 | /* | 
|---|
| 240 | * Forward declarations | 
|---|
| 241 | */ | 
|---|
| 242 | static void ArrangeTable _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData)); | 
|---|
| 243 | static void DestroyTable _ANSI_ARGS_((DestroyData dataPtr)); | 
|---|
| 244 | static void DestroyEntry _ANSI_ARGS_((Entry * entryPtr)); | 
|---|
| 245 | static void TableEventProc _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData, | 
|---|
| 246 | XEvent *eventPtr)); | 
|---|
| 247 | static void BinEntry _ANSI_ARGS_((Table *tablePtr, Entry * entryPtr)); | 
|---|
| 248 | static RowColumn *InitSpan _ANSI_ARGS_((PartitionInfo * infoPtr, int start, | 
|---|
| 249 | int span)); | 
|---|
| 250 |  | 
|---|
| 251 | static EntrySearchProc FindEntry; | 
|---|
| 252 | static Tcl_CmdProc TableCmd; | 
|---|
| 253 | static Tcl_InterpDeleteProc TableInterpDeleteProc; | 
|---|
| 254 | static Tk_EventProc WidgetEventProc; | 
|---|
| 255 |  | 
|---|
| 256 | /* | 
|---|
| 257 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 258 | * | 
|---|
| 259 | * StringToLimits -- | 
|---|
| 260 | * | 
|---|
| 261 | *      Converts the list of elements into zero or more pixel values which | 
|---|
| 262 | *      determine the range of pixel values possible.  An element can be in | 
|---|
| 263 | *      any form accepted by Tk_GetPixels. The list has a different meaning | 
|---|
| 264 | *      based upon the number of elements. | 
|---|
| 265 | * | 
|---|
| 266 | *          # of elements: | 
|---|
| 267 | * | 
|---|
| 268 | *          0 - the limits are reset to the defaults. | 
|---|
| 269 | *          1 - the minimum and maximum values are set to this | 
|---|
| 270 | *              value, freezing the range at a single value. | 
|---|
| 271 | *          2 - first element is the minimum, the second is the | 
|---|
| 272 | *              maximum. | 
|---|
| 273 | *          3 - first element is the minimum, the second is the | 
|---|
| 274 | *              maximum, and the third is the nominal value. | 
|---|
| 275 | * | 
|---|
| 276 | *      Any element may be the empty string which indicates the default. | 
|---|
| 277 | * | 
|---|
| 278 | * Results: | 
|---|
| 279 | *      The return value is a standard Tcl result.  The min and max fields | 
|---|
| 280 | *      of the range are set. | 
|---|
| 281 | * | 
|---|
| 282 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 283 | */ | 
|---|
| 284 | /*ARGSUSED*/ | 
|---|
| 285 | static int | 
|---|
| 286 | StringToLimits(clientData, interp, tkwin, string, widgRec, offset) | 
|---|
| 287 | ClientData clientData;      /* Not used. */ | 
|---|
| 288 | Tcl_Interp *interp;         /* Interpreter to send results back to */ | 
|---|
| 289 | Tk_Window tkwin;            /* Widget of table */ | 
|---|
| 290 | char *string;               /* New width list */ | 
|---|
| 291 | char *widgRec;              /* Widget record */ | 
|---|
| 292 | int offset;                 /* Offset of limits */ | 
|---|
| 293 | { | 
|---|
| 294 | Limits *limitsPtr = (Limits *)(widgRec + offset); | 
|---|
| 295 | char **elemArr; | 
|---|
| 296 | int nElem; | 
|---|
| 297 | int limArr[3]; | 
|---|
| 298 | Tk_Window winArr[3]; | 
|---|
| 299 | int flags; | 
|---|
| 300 |  | 
|---|
| 301 | elemArr = NULL; | 
|---|
| 302 | nElem = 0; | 
|---|
| 303 |  | 
|---|
| 304 | /* Initialize limits to default values */ | 
|---|
| 305 | limArr[2] = LIMITS_NOM; | 
|---|
| 306 | limArr[1] = LIMITS_MAX; | 
|---|
| 307 | limArr[0] = LIMITS_MIN; | 
|---|
| 308 | winArr[0] = winArr[1] = winArr[2] = NULL; | 
|---|
| 309 | flags = 0; | 
|---|
| 310 |  | 
|---|
| 311 | if (string != NULL) { | 
|---|
| 312 | int size; | 
|---|
| 313 | int i; | 
|---|
| 314 |  | 
|---|
| 315 | if (Tcl_SplitList(interp, string, &nElem, &elemArr) != TCL_OK) { | 
|---|
| 316 | return TCL_ERROR; | 
|---|
| 317 | } | 
|---|
| 318 | if (nElem > 3) { | 
|---|
| 319 | Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # limits \"", string, "\"", | 
|---|
| 320 | (char *)NULL); | 
|---|
| 321 | goto error; | 
|---|
| 322 | } | 
|---|
| 323 | for (i = 0; i < nElem; i++) { | 
|---|
| 324 | if (elemArr[i][0] == '\0') { | 
|---|
| 325 | continue;       /* Empty string: use default value */ | 
|---|
| 326 | } | 
|---|
| 327 | flags |= (LIMITS_SET_BIT << i); | 
|---|
| 328 | if ((elemArr[i][0] == '.') && | 
|---|
| 329 | ((elemArr[i][1] == '\0') || isalpha(UCHAR(elemArr[i][1])))) { | 
|---|
| 330 | Tk_Window tkwin2; | 
|---|
| 331 |  | 
|---|
| 332 | /* Widget specified: save pointer to widget */ | 
|---|
| 333 | tkwin2 = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, elemArr[i], tkwin); | 
|---|
| 334 | if (tkwin2 == NULL) { | 
|---|
| 335 | goto error; | 
|---|
| 336 | } | 
|---|
| 337 | winArr[i] = tkwin2; | 
|---|
| 338 | } else { | 
|---|
| 339 | if (Tk_GetPixels(interp, tkwin, elemArr[i], &size) != TCL_OK) { | 
|---|
| 340 | goto error; | 
|---|
| 341 | } | 
|---|
| 342 | if ((size < LIMITS_MIN) || (size > LIMITS_MAX)) { | 
|---|
| 343 | Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad limits \"", string, "\"", | 
|---|
| 344 | (char *)NULL); | 
|---|
| 345 | goto error; | 
|---|
| 346 | } | 
|---|
| 347 | limArr[i] = size; | 
|---|
| 348 | } | 
|---|
| 349 | } | 
|---|
| 350 | Blt_Free(elemArr); | 
|---|
| 351 | } | 
|---|
| 352 | /* | 
|---|
| 353 | * Check the limits specified.  We can't check the requested | 
|---|
| 354 | * size of widgets. | 
|---|
| 355 | */ | 
|---|
| 356 | switch (nElem) { | 
|---|
| 357 | case 1: | 
|---|
| 358 | flags |= (LIMITS_SET_MIN | LIMITS_SET_MAX); | 
|---|
| 359 | if (winArr[0] == NULL) { | 
|---|
| 360 | limArr[1] = limArr[0];      /* Set minimum and maximum to value */ | 
|---|
| 361 | } else { | 
|---|
| 362 | winArr[1] = winArr[0]; | 
|---|
| 363 | } | 
|---|
| 364 | break; | 
|---|
| 365 |  | 
|---|
| 366 | case 2: | 
|---|
| 367 | if ((winArr[0] == NULL) && (winArr[1] == NULL) && | 
|---|
| 368 | (limArr[1] < limArr[0])) { | 
|---|
| 369 | Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad range \"", string, | 
|---|
| 370 | "\": min > max", (char *)NULL); | 
|---|
| 371 | return TCL_ERROR;   /* Minimum is greater than maximum */ | 
|---|
| 372 | } | 
|---|
| 373 | break; | 
|---|
| 374 |  | 
|---|
| 375 | case 3: | 
|---|
| 376 | if ((winArr[0] == NULL) && (winArr[1] == NULL)) { | 
|---|
| 377 | if (limArr[1] < limArr[0]) { | 
|---|
| 378 | Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad range \"", string, | 
|---|
| 379 | "\": min > max", (char *)NULL); | 
|---|
| 380 | return TCL_ERROR;       /* Minimum is greater than maximum */ | 
|---|
| 381 | } | 
|---|
| 382 | if ((winArr[2] == NULL) && | 
|---|
| 383 | ((limArr[2] < limArr[0]) || (limArr[2] > limArr[1]))) { | 
|---|
| 384 | Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "nominal value \"", string, | 
|---|
| 385 | "\" out of range", (char *)NULL); | 
|---|
| 386 | return TCL_ERROR;       /* Nominal is outside of range defined | 
|---|
| 387 | * by minimum and maximum */ | 
|---|
| 388 | } | 
|---|
| 389 | } | 
|---|
| 390 | break; | 
|---|
| 391 | } | 
|---|
| 392 | limitsPtr->min = limArr[0]; | 
|---|
| 393 | limitsPtr->max = limArr[1]; | 
|---|
| 394 | limitsPtr->nom = limArr[2]; | 
|---|
| 395 | limitsPtr->wMin = winArr[0]; | 
|---|
| 396 | limitsPtr->wMax = winArr[1]; | 
|---|
| 397 | limitsPtr->wNom = winArr[2]; | 
|---|
| 398 | limitsPtr->flags = flags; | 
|---|
| 399 | return TCL_OK; | 
|---|
| 400 | error: | 
|---|
| 401 | Blt_Free(elemArr); | 
|---|
| 402 | return TCL_ERROR; | 
|---|
| 403 | } | 
|---|
| 404 |  | 
|---|
| 405 | /* | 
|---|
| 406 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 407 | * | 
|---|
| 408 | * ResetLimits -- | 
|---|
| 409 | * | 
|---|
| 410 | *      Resets the limits to their default values. | 
|---|
| 411 | * | 
|---|
| 412 | * Results: | 
|---|
| 413 | *      None. | 
|---|
| 414 | * | 
|---|
| 415 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 416 | */ | 
|---|
| 417 | INLINE static void | 
|---|
| 418 | ResetLimits(limitsPtr) | 
|---|
| 419 | Limits *limitsPtr;          /* Limits to be imposed on the value */ | 
|---|
| 420 | { | 
|---|
| 421 | limitsPtr->flags = 0; | 
|---|
| 422 | limitsPtr->min = LIMITS_MIN; | 
|---|
| 423 | limitsPtr->max = LIMITS_MAX; | 
|---|
| 424 | limitsPtr->nom = LIMITS_NOM; | 
|---|
| 425 | limitsPtr->wNom = limitsPtr->wMax = limitsPtr->wMin = NULL; | 
|---|
| 426 | } | 
|---|
| 427 |  | 
|---|
| 428 | /* | 
|---|
| 429 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 430 | * | 
|---|
| 431 | * GetBoundedWidth -- | 
|---|
| 432 | * | 
|---|
| 433 | *      Bounds a given width value to the limits described in the limit | 
|---|
| 434 | *      structure.  The initial starting value may be overridden by the | 
|---|
| 435 | *      nominal value in the limits. | 
|---|
| 436 | * | 
|---|
| 437 | * Results: | 
|---|
| 438 | *      Returns the constrained value. | 
|---|
| 439 | * | 
|---|
| 440 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 441 | */ | 
|---|
| 442 | static int | 
|---|
| 443 | GetBoundedWidth(width, limitsPtr) | 
|---|
| 444 | int width;                  /* Initial value to be constrained */ | 
|---|
| 445 | Limits *limitsPtr;          /* Limits to be imposed on the value */ | 
|---|
| 446 | { | 
|---|
| 447 | /* | 
|---|
| 448 | * Check widgets for requested width values; | 
|---|
| 449 | */ | 
|---|
| 450 | if (limitsPtr->wMin != NULL) { | 
|---|
| 451 | limitsPtr->min = Tk_ReqWidth(limitsPtr->wMin); | 
|---|
| 452 | } | 
|---|
| 453 | if (limitsPtr->wMax != NULL) { | 
|---|
| 454 | limitsPtr->max = Tk_ReqWidth(limitsPtr->wMax); | 
|---|
| 455 | } | 
|---|
| 456 | if (limitsPtr->wNom != NULL) { | 
|---|
| 457 | limitsPtr->nom = Tk_ReqWidth(limitsPtr->wNom); | 
|---|
| 458 | } | 
|---|
| 459 | if (limitsPtr->flags & LIMITS_SET_NOM) { | 
|---|
| 460 | width = limitsPtr->nom; /* Override initial value */ | 
|---|
| 461 | } | 
|---|
| 462 | if (width < limitsPtr->min) { | 
|---|
| 463 | width = limitsPtr->min; /* Bounded by minimum value */ | 
|---|
| 464 | } else if (width > limitsPtr->max) { | 
|---|
| 465 | width = limitsPtr->max; /* Bounded by maximum value */ | 
|---|
| 466 | } | 
|---|
| 467 | return width; | 
|---|
| 468 | } | 
|---|
| 469 |  | 
|---|
| 470 | /* | 
|---|
| 471 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 472 | * | 
|---|
| 473 | * GetBoundedHeight -- | 
|---|
| 474 | * | 
|---|
| 475 | *      Bounds a given value to the limits described in the limit | 
|---|
| 476 | *      structure.  The initial starting value may be overridden by the | 
|---|
| 477 | *      nominal value in the limits. | 
|---|
| 478 | * | 
|---|
| 479 | * Results: | 
|---|
| 480 | *      Returns the constrained value. | 
|---|
| 481 | * | 
|---|
| 482 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 483 | */ | 
|---|
| 484 | static int | 
|---|
| 485 | GetBoundedHeight(height, limitsPtr) | 
|---|
| 486 | int height;                 /* Initial value to be constrained */ | 
|---|
| 487 | Limits *limitsPtr;          /* Limits to be imposed on the value */ | 
|---|
| 488 | { | 
|---|
| 489 | /* | 
|---|
| 490 | * Check widgets for requested height values; | 
|---|
| 491 | */ | 
|---|
| 492 | if (limitsPtr->wMin != NULL) { | 
|---|
| 493 | limitsPtr->min = Tk_ReqHeight(limitsPtr->wMin); | 
|---|
| 494 | } | 
|---|
| 495 | if (limitsPtr->wMax != NULL) { | 
|---|
| 496 | limitsPtr->max = Tk_ReqHeight(limitsPtr->wMax); | 
|---|
| 497 | } | 
|---|
| 498 | if (limitsPtr->wNom != NULL) { | 
|---|
| 499 | limitsPtr->nom = Tk_ReqHeight(limitsPtr->wNom); | 
|---|
| 500 | } | 
|---|
| 501 | if (limitsPtr->flags & LIMITS_SET_NOM) { | 
|---|
| 502 | height = limitsPtr->nom;/* Override initial value */ | 
|---|
| 503 | } | 
|---|
| 504 | if (height < limitsPtr->min) { | 
|---|
| 505 | height = limitsPtr->min;/* Bounded by minimum value */ | 
|---|
| 506 | } else if (height > limitsPtr->max) { | 
|---|
| 507 | height = limitsPtr->max;/* Bounded by maximum value */ | 
|---|
| 508 | } | 
|---|
| 509 | return height; | 
|---|
| 510 | } | 
|---|
| 511 |  | 
|---|
| 512 | /* | 
|---|
| 513 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 514 | * | 
|---|
| 515 | * NameOfLimits -- | 
|---|
| 516 | * | 
|---|
| 517 | *      Convert the values into a list representing the limits. | 
|---|
| 518 | * | 
|---|
| 519 | * Results: | 
|---|
| 520 | *      The static string representation of the limits is returned. | 
|---|
| 521 | * | 
|---|
| 522 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 523 | */ | 
|---|
| 524 | static char * | 
|---|
| 525 | NameOfLimits(limitsPtr) | 
|---|
| 526 | Limits *limitsPtr; | 
|---|
| 527 | { | 
|---|
| 528 | Tcl_DString buffer; | 
|---|
| 529 | #define STRING_SPACE 200 | 
|---|
| 530 | static char string[STRING_SPACE + 1]; | 
|---|
| 531 |  | 
|---|
| 532 | Tcl_DStringInit(&buffer); | 
|---|
| 533 |  | 
|---|
| 534 | if (limitsPtr->wMin != NULL) { | 
|---|
| 535 | Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&buffer, Tk_PathName(limitsPtr->wMin)); | 
|---|
| 536 | } else if (limitsPtr->flags & LIMITS_SET_MIN) { | 
|---|
| 537 | Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&buffer, Blt_Itoa(limitsPtr->min)); | 
|---|
| 538 | } else { | 
|---|
| 539 | Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&buffer, ""); | 
|---|
| 540 | } | 
|---|
| 541 |  | 
|---|
| 542 | if (limitsPtr->wMax != NULL) { | 
|---|
| 543 | Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&buffer, Tk_PathName(limitsPtr->wMax)); | 
|---|
| 544 | } else if (limitsPtr->flags & LIMITS_SET_MAX) { | 
|---|
| 545 | Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&buffer, Blt_Itoa(limitsPtr->max)); | 
|---|
| 546 | } else { | 
|---|
| 547 | Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&buffer, ""); | 
|---|
| 548 | } | 
|---|
| 549 |  | 
|---|
| 550 | if (limitsPtr->wNom != NULL) { | 
|---|
| 551 | Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&buffer, Tk_PathName(limitsPtr->wNom)); | 
|---|
| 552 | } else if (limitsPtr->flags & LIMITS_SET_NOM) { | 
|---|
| 553 | Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&buffer, Blt_Itoa(limitsPtr->nom)); | 
|---|
| 554 | } else { | 
|---|
| 555 | Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&buffer, ""); | 
|---|
| 556 | } | 
|---|
| 557 | strncpy(string, Tcl_DStringValue(&buffer), STRING_SPACE); | 
|---|
| 558 | string[STRING_SPACE] = '\0'; | 
|---|
| 559 | return string; | 
|---|
| 560 | } | 
|---|
| 561 |  | 
|---|
| 562 | /* | 
|---|
| 563 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 564 | * | 
|---|
| 565 | * LimitsToString -- | 
|---|
| 566 | * | 
|---|
| 567 | *      Convert the limits of the pixel values allowed into a list. | 
|---|
| 568 | * | 
|---|
| 569 | * Results: | 
|---|
| 570 | *      The string representation of the limits is returned. | 
|---|
| 571 | * | 
|---|
| 572 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 573 | */ | 
|---|
| 574 | /*ARGSUSED*/ | 
|---|
| 575 | static char * | 
|---|
| 576 | LimitsToString(clientData, tkwin, widgRec, offset, freeProcPtr) | 
|---|
| 577 | ClientData clientData;      /* Not used. */ | 
|---|
| 578 | Tk_Window tkwin;            /* Not used. */ | 
|---|
| 579 | char *widgRec;              /* Row/column structure record */ | 
|---|
| 580 | int offset;                 /* Offset of widget RowColumn record */ | 
|---|
| 581 | Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr; /* Memory deallocation routine */ | 
|---|
| 582 | { | 
|---|
| 583 | Limits *limitsPtr = (Limits *)(widgRec + offset); | 
|---|
| 584 |  | 
|---|
| 585 | return NameOfLimits(limitsPtr); | 
|---|
| 586 | } | 
|---|
| 587 |  | 
|---|
| 588 | /* | 
|---|
| 589 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 590 | * | 
|---|
| 591 | * StringToResize -- | 
|---|
| 592 | * | 
|---|
| 593 | *      Converts the resize mode into its numeric representation.  Valid | 
|---|
| 594 | *      mode strings are "none", "expand", "shrink", or "both". | 
|---|
| 595 | * | 
|---|
| 596 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 597 | */ | 
|---|
| 598 | /*ARGSUSED*/ | 
|---|
| 599 | static int | 
|---|
| 600 | StringToResize(clientData, interp, tkwin, string, widgRec, offset) | 
|---|
| 601 | ClientData clientData;      /* Not used. */ | 
|---|
| 602 | Tcl_Interp *interp;         /* Interpreter to send results back to */ | 
|---|
| 603 | Tk_Window tkwin;            /* Not used. */ | 
|---|
| 604 | char *string;               /* Resize style string */ | 
|---|
| 605 | char *widgRec;              /* Entry structure record */ | 
|---|
| 606 | int offset;                 /* Offset of style in record */ | 
|---|
| 607 | { | 
|---|
| 608 | int *resizePtr = (int *)(widgRec + offset); | 
|---|
| 609 | unsigned int length; | 
|---|
| 610 | char c; | 
|---|
| 611 |  | 
|---|
| 612 | c = string[0]; | 
|---|
| 613 | length = strlen(string); | 
|---|
| 614 | if ((c == 'n') && (strncmp(string, "none", length) == 0)) { | 
|---|
| 615 | *resizePtr = RESIZE_NONE; | 
|---|
| 616 | } else if ((c == 'b') && (strncmp(string, "both", length) == 0)) { | 
|---|
| 617 | *resizePtr = RESIZE_BOTH; | 
|---|
| 618 | } else if ((c == 'e') && (strncmp(string, "expand", length) == 0)) { | 
|---|
| 619 | *resizePtr = RESIZE_EXPAND; | 
|---|
| 620 | } else if ((c == 's') && (strncmp(string, "shrink", length) == 0)) { | 
|---|
| 621 | *resizePtr = RESIZE_SHRINK; | 
|---|
| 622 | } else { | 
|---|
| 623 | Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad resize argument \"", string, | 
|---|
| 624 | "\": should be \"none\", \"expand\", \"shrink\", or \"both\"", | 
|---|
| 625 | (char *)NULL); | 
|---|
| 626 | return TCL_ERROR; | 
|---|
| 627 | } | 
|---|
| 628 | return TCL_OK; | 
|---|
| 629 | } | 
|---|
| 630 |  | 
|---|
| 631 | /* | 
|---|
| 632 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 633 | * | 
|---|
| 634 | * NameOfResize -- | 
|---|
| 635 | * | 
|---|
| 636 | *      Converts the resize value into its string representation. | 
|---|
| 637 | * | 
|---|
| 638 | * Results: | 
|---|
| 639 | *      Returns a pointer to the static name string. | 
|---|
| 640 | * | 
|---|
| 641 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 642 | */ | 
|---|
| 643 | static char * | 
|---|
| 644 | NameOfResize(resize) | 
|---|
| 645 | int resize; | 
|---|
| 646 | { | 
|---|
| 647 | switch (resize & RESIZE_BOTH) { | 
|---|
| 648 | case RESIZE_NONE: | 
|---|
| 649 | return "none"; | 
|---|
| 650 | case RESIZE_EXPAND: | 
|---|
| 651 | return "expand"; | 
|---|
| 652 | case RESIZE_SHRINK: | 
|---|
| 653 | return "shrink"; | 
|---|
| 654 | case RESIZE_BOTH: | 
|---|
| 655 | return "both"; | 
|---|
| 656 | default: | 
|---|
| 657 | return "unknown resize value"; | 
|---|
| 658 | } | 
|---|
| 659 | } | 
|---|
| 660 |  | 
|---|
| 661 | /* | 
|---|
| 662 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 663 | * | 
|---|
| 664 | * ResizeToString -- | 
|---|
| 665 | * | 
|---|
| 666 | *      Returns resize mode string based upon the resize flags. | 
|---|
| 667 | * | 
|---|
| 668 | * Results: | 
|---|
| 669 | *      The resize mode string is returned. | 
|---|
| 670 | * | 
|---|
| 671 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 672 | */ | 
|---|
| 673 | /*ARGSUSED*/ | 
|---|
| 674 | static char * | 
|---|
| 675 | ResizeToString(clientData, tkwin, widgRec, offset, freeProcPtr) | 
|---|
| 676 | ClientData clientData;      /* Not used. */ | 
|---|
| 677 | Tk_Window tkwin;            /* Not used. */ | 
|---|
| 678 | char *widgRec;              /* Row/column structure record */ | 
|---|
| 679 | int offset;                 /* Offset of resize in RowColumn record */ | 
|---|
| 680 | Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr; /* Not used. */ | 
|---|
| 681 | { | 
|---|
| 682 | int resize = *(int *)(widgRec + offset); | 
|---|
| 683 |  | 
|---|
| 684 | return NameOfResize(resize); | 
|---|
| 685 | } | 
|---|
| 686 |  | 
|---|
| 687 | /* | 
|---|
| 688 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 689 | * | 
|---|
| 690 | * StringToControl -- | 
|---|
| 691 | * | 
|---|
| 692 | *      Converts the control string into its numeric representation. | 
|---|
| 693 | *      Valid control strings are "none", "normal", and "full". | 
|---|
| 694 | * | 
|---|
| 695 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 696 | */ | 
|---|
| 697 | /*ARGSUSED*/ | 
|---|
| 698 | static int | 
|---|
| 699 | StringToControl(clientData, interp, tkwin, string, widgRec, offset) | 
|---|
| 700 | ClientData clientData;      /* Not used. */ | 
|---|
| 701 | Tcl_Interp *interp;         /* Interpreter to send results back to */ | 
|---|
| 702 | Tk_Window tkwin;            /* Not used. */ | 
|---|
| 703 | char *string;               /* Control style string */ | 
|---|
| 704 | char *widgRec;              /* Entry structure record */ | 
|---|
| 705 | int offset;                 /* Offset of style in record */ | 
|---|
| 706 | { | 
|---|
| 707 | double *controlPtr = (double *)(widgRec + offset); | 
|---|
| 708 | unsigned int length; | 
|---|
| 709 | int bool; | 
|---|
| 710 | char c; | 
|---|
| 711 |  | 
|---|
| 712 | c = string[0]; | 
|---|
| 713 | length = strlen(string); | 
|---|
| 714 | if (Tcl_GetBoolean(NULL, string, &bool) == TCL_OK) { | 
|---|
| 715 | *controlPtr = bool; | 
|---|
| 716 | return TCL_OK; | 
|---|
| 717 | } | 
|---|
| 718 | if ((c == 'n') && (length > 1) && | 
|---|
| 719 | (strncmp(string, "normal", length) == 0)) { | 
|---|
| 720 | *controlPtr = CONTROL_NORMAL; | 
|---|
| 721 | } else if ((c == 'n') && (length > 1) && | 
|---|
| 722 | (strncmp(string, "none", length) == 0)) { | 
|---|
| 723 | *controlPtr = CONTROL_NONE; | 
|---|
| 724 | } else if ((c == 'f') && (strncmp(string, "full", length) == 0)) { | 
|---|
| 725 | *controlPtr = CONTROL_FULL; | 
|---|
| 726 | } else { | 
|---|
| 727 | double control; | 
|---|
| 728 |  | 
|---|
| 729 | if ((Tcl_GetDouble(interp, string, &control) != TCL_OK) || | 
|---|
| 730 | (control < 0.0)) { | 
|---|
| 731 | Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad control argument \"", string, | 
|---|
| 732 | "\": should be \"normal\", \"none\", or \"full\"", | 
|---|
| 733 | (char *)NULL); | 
|---|
| 734 | return TCL_ERROR; | 
|---|
| 735 | } | 
|---|
| 736 | *controlPtr = control; | 
|---|
| 737 | } | 
|---|
| 738 | return TCL_OK; | 
|---|
| 739 | } | 
|---|
| 740 |  | 
|---|
| 741 | /* | 
|---|
| 742 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 743 | * | 
|---|
| 744 | * NameOfControl -- | 
|---|
| 745 | * | 
|---|
| 746 | *      Converts the control value into its string representation. | 
|---|
| 747 | * | 
|---|
| 748 | * Results: | 
|---|
| 749 | *      Returns a pointer to the static name string. | 
|---|
| 750 | * | 
|---|
| 751 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 752 | */ | 
|---|
| 753 | static char * | 
|---|
| 754 | NameOfControl(control) | 
|---|
| 755 | double control; | 
|---|
| 756 | { | 
|---|
| 757 | if (control == CONTROL_NORMAL) { | 
|---|
| 758 | return "normal"; | 
|---|
| 759 | } else if (control == CONTROL_NONE) { | 
|---|
| 760 | return "none"; | 
|---|
| 761 | } else if (control == CONTROL_FULL) { | 
|---|
| 762 | return "full"; | 
|---|
| 763 | } else { | 
|---|
| 764 | static char string[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE + 1]; | 
|---|
| 765 |  | 
|---|
| 766 | sprintf(string, "%g", control); | 
|---|
| 767 | return string; | 
|---|
| 768 | } | 
|---|
| 769 | } | 
|---|
| 770 |  | 
|---|
| 771 | /* | 
|---|
| 772 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 773 | * | 
|---|
| 774 | * ControlToString -- | 
|---|
| 775 | * | 
|---|
| 776 | *      Returns control mode string based upon the control flags. | 
|---|
| 777 | * | 
|---|
| 778 | * Results: | 
|---|
| 779 | *      The control mode string is returned. | 
|---|
| 780 | * | 
|---|
| 781 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 782 | */ | 
|---|
| 783 | /*ARGSUSED*/ | 
|---|
| 784 | static char * | 
|---|
| 785 | ControlToString(clientData, tkwin, widgRec, offset, freeProcPtr) | 
|---|
| 786 | ClientData clientData;      /* Not used. */ | 
|---|
| 787 | Tk_Window tkwin;            /* Not used. */ | 
|---|
| 788 | char *widgRec;              /* Row/column structure record */ | 
|---|
| 789 | int offset;                 /* Offset of control in RowColumn record */ | 
|---|
| 790 | Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr; /* Not used. */ | 
|---|
| 791 | { | 
|---|
| 792 | double control = *(double *)(widgRec + offset); | 
|---|
| 793 |  | 
|---|
| 794 | return NameOfControl(control); | 
|---|
| 795 | } | 
|---|
| 796 |  | 
|---|
| 797 |  | 
|---|
| 798 | static void | 
|---|
| 799 | EventuallyArrangeTable(tablePtr) | 
|---|
| 800 | Table *tablePtr; | 
|---|
| 801 | { | 
|---|
| 802 | if (!(tablePtr->flags & ARRANGE_PENDING)) { | 
|---|
| 803 | tablePtr->flags |= ARRANGE_PENDING; | 
|---|
| 804 | Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangeTable, tablePtr); | 
|---|
| 805 | } | 
|---|
| 806 | } | 
|---|
| 807 |  | 
|---|
| 808 |  | 
|---|
| 809 | /* | 
|---|
| 810 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 811 | * | 
|---|
| 812 | * TableEventProc -- | 
|---|
| 813 | * | 
|---|
| 814 | *      This procedure is invoked by the Tk event handler when the | 
|---|
| 815 | *      container widget is reconfigured or destroyed. | 
|---|
| 816 | * | 
|---|
| 817 | *      The table will be rearranged at the next idle point if the | 
|---|
| 818 | *      container widget has been resized or moved. There's a | 
|---|
| 819 | *      distinction made between parent and non-parent container | 
|---|
| 820 | *      arrangements.  If the container is moved and it's the parent | 
|---|
| 821 | *      of the widgets, they're are moved automatically.  If it's | 
|---|
| 822 | *      not the parent, those widgets need to be moved manually. | 
|---|
| 823 | *      This can be a performance hit in rare cases where we're | 
|---|
| 824 | *      scrolling the container (by moving the window) and there | 
|---|
| 825 | *      are lots of non-child widgets arranged insided. | 
|---|
| 826 | * | 
|---|
| 827 | * Results: | 
|---|
| 828 | *      None. | 
|---|
| 829 | * | 
|---|
| 830 | * Side effects: | 
|---|
| 831 | *      Arranges for the table associated with tkwin to have its | 
|---|
| 832 | *      layout re-computed and drawn at the next idle point. | 
|---|
| 833 | * | 
|---|
| 834 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 835 | */ | 
|---|
| 836 | static void | 
|---|
| 837 | TableEventProc(clientData, eventPtr) | 
|---|
| 838 | ClientData clientData;      /* Information about widget */ | 
|---|
| 839 | XEvent *eventPtr;           /* Information about event */ | 
|---|
| 840 | { | 
|---|
| 841 | register Table *tablePtr = clientData; | 
|---|
| 842 |  | 
|---|
| 843 | if (eventPtr->type == ConfigureNotify) { | 
|---|
| 844 | if ((tablePtr->container.width != Tk_Width(tablePtr->tkwin)) || | 
|---|
| 845 | (tablePtr->container.height != Tk_Height(tablePtr->tkwin)) | 
|---|
| 846 | || (tablePtr->flags & NON_PARENT)) { | 
|---|
| 847 | EventuallyArrangeTable(tablePtr); | 
|---|
| 848 | } | 
|---|
| 849 | } else if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) { | 
|---|
| 850 | if (tablePtr->flags & ARRANGE_PENDING) { | 
|---|
| 851 | Tcl_CancelIdleCall(ArrangeTable, tablePtr); | 
|---|
| 852 | } | 
|---|
| 853 | tablePtr->tkwin = NULL; | 
|---|
| 854 | Tcl_EventuallyFree(tablePtr, DestroyTable); | 
|---|
| 855 | } | 
|---|
| 856 | } | 
|---|
| 857 |  | 
|---|
| 858 | /* | 
|---|
| 859 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 860 | * | 
|---|
| 861 | * WidgetEventProc -- | 
|---|
| 862 | * | 
|---|
| 863 | *      This procedure is invoked by the Tk event handler when | 
|---|
| 864 | *      StructureNotify events occur in a widget managed by the table. | 
|---|
| 865 | *      For example, when a managed widget is destroyed, it frees the | 
|---|
| 866 | *      corresponding entry structure and arranges for the table | 
|---|
| 867 | *      layout to be re-computed at the next idle point. | 
|---|
| 868 | * | 
|---|
| 869 | * Results: | 
|---|
| 870 | *      None. | 
|---|
| 871 | * | 
|---|
| 872 | * Side effects: | 
|---|
| 873 | *      If the managed widget was deleted, the Entry structure gets | 
|---|
| 874 | *      cleaned up and the table is rearranged. | 
|---|
| 875 | * | 
|---|
| 876 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 877 | */ | 
|---|
| 878 | static void | 
|---|
| 879 | WidgetEventProc(clientData, eventPtr) | 
|---|
| 880 | ClientData clientData;      /* Pointer to Entry structure for widget | 
|---|
| 881 | * referred to by eventPtr. */ | 
|---|
| 882 | XEvent *eventPtr;           /* Describes what just happened. */ | 
|---|
| 883 | { | 
|---|
| 884 | Entry *entryPtr = (Entry *) clientData; | 
|---|
| 885 | Table *tablePtr = entryPtr->tablePtr; | 
|---|
| 886 |  | 
|---|
| 887 | if (eventPtr->type == ConfigureNotify) { | 
|---|
| 888 | int borderWidth; | 
|---|
| 889 |  | 
|---|
| 890 | tablePtr->flags |= REQUEST_LAYOUT; | 
|---|
| 891 | borderWidth = Tk_Changes(entryPtr->tkwin)->border_width; | 
|---|
| 892 | if (entryPtr->borderWidth != borderWidth) { | 
|---|
| 893 | entryPtr->borderWidth = borderWidth; | 
|---|
| 894 | EventuallyArrangeTable(tablePtr); | 
|---|
| 895 | } | 
|---|
| 896 | } else if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) { | 
|---|
| 897 | entryPtr->tkwin = NULL; | 
|---|
| 898 | DestroyEntry(entryPtr); | 
|---|
| 899 | tablePtr->flags |= REQUEST_LAYOUT; | 
|---|
| 900 | EventuallyArrangeTable(tablePtr); | 
|---|
| 901 | } | 
|---|
| 902 | } | 
|---|
| 903 |  | 
|---|
| 904 | /* | 
|---|
| 905 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 906 | * | 
|---|
| 907 | * WidgetCustodyProc -- | 
|---|
| 908 | * | 
|---|
| 909 | *      This procedure is invoked when a widget has been stolen by | 
|---|
| 910 | *      another geometry manager.  The information and memory | 
|---|
| 911 | *      associated with the widget is released. | 
|---|
| 912 | * | 
|---|
| 913 | * Results: | 
|---|
| 914 | *      None. | 
|---|
| 915 | * | 
|---|
| 916 | * Side effects: | 
|---|
| 917 | *     Arranges for the table to have its layout re-arranged at the | 
|---|
| 918 | *      next idle point. | 
|---|
| 919 | * | 
|---|
| 920 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 921 | */ | 
|---|
| 922 | /* ARGSUSED */ | 
|---|
| 923 | static void | 
|---|
| 924 | WidgetCustodyProc(clientData, tkwin) | 
|---|
| 925 | ClientData clientData;      /* Information about the widget */ | 
|---|
| 926 | Tk_Window tkwin;            /* Not used. */ | 
|---|
| 927 | { | 
|---|
| 928 | Entry *entryPtr = (Entry *) clientData; | 
|---|
| 929 | Table *tablePtr = entryPtr->tablePtr; | 
|---|
| 930 |  | 
|---|
| 931 | if (Tk_IsMapped(entryPtr->tkwin)) { | 
|---|
| 932 | Tk_UnmapWindow(entryPtr->tkwin); | 
|---|
| 933 | } | 
|---|
| 934 | Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(entryPtr->tkwin, tablePtr->tkwin); | 
|---|
| 935 | entryPtr->tkwin = NULL; | 
|---|
| 936 | DestroyEntry(entryPtr); | 
|---|
| 937 | tablePtr->flags |= REQUEST_LAYOUT; | 
|---|
| 938 | EventuallyArrangeTable(tablePtr); | 
|---|
| 939 | } | 
|---|
| 940 |  | 
|---|
| 941 | /* | 
|---|
| 942 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 943 | * | 
|---|
| 944 | * WidgetGeometryProc -- | 
|---|
| 945 | * | 
|---|
| 946 | *      This procedure is invoked by Tk_GeometryRequest for widgets | 
|---|
| 947 | *      managed by the table geometry manager. | 
|---|
| 948 | * | 
|---|
| 949 | * Results: | 
|---|
| 950 | *      None. | 
|---|
| 951 | * | 
|---|
| 952 | * Side effects: | 
|---|
| 953 | *      Arranges for the table to have its layout re-computed and | 
|---|
| 954 | *      re-arranged at the next idle point. | 
|---|
| 955 | * | 
|---|
| 956 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ | 
|---|
| 957 | /* ARGSUSED */ | 
|---|
| 958 | static void | 
|---|
| 959 | WidgetGeometryProc(clientData, tkwin) | 
|---|
| 960 | ClientData clientData;      /* Information about widget that got new | 
|---|
| 961 | * preferred geometry.  */ | 
|---|
| 962 | Tk_Window tkwin;            /* Other Tk-related information about the | 
|---|
| 963 | * widget. */ | 
|---|
| 964 | { | 
|---|
| 965 | Entry *entryPtr = (Entry *) clientData; | 
|---|
| 966 |  | 
|---|
| 967 | entryPtr->tablePtr->flags |= REQUEST_LAYOUT; | 
|---|
| 968 | EventuallyArrangeTable(entryPtr->tablePtr); | 
|---|
| 969 | } | 
|---|
| 970 |  | 
|---|
| 971 | /* | 
|---|
| 972 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 973 | * | 
|---|
| 974 | * FindEntry -- | 
|---|
| 975 | * | 
|---|
| 976 | *      Searches for the table entry corresponding to the given | 
|---|
| 977 | *      widget. | 
|---|
| 978 | * | 
|---|
| 979 | * Results: | 
|---|
| 980 | *      If a structure associated with the widget exists, a pointer to | 
|---|
| 981 | *      that structure is returned. Otherwise NULL. | 
|---|
| 982 | * | 
|---|
| 983 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 984 | */ | 
|---|
| 985 | static Entry * | 
|---|
| 986 | FindEntry(tablePtr, tkwin) | 
|---|
| 987 | Table *tablePtr; | 
|---|
| 988 | Tk_Window tkwin;            /* Widget associated with table entry */ | 
|---|
| 989 | { | 
|---|
| 990 | Blt_HashEntry *hPtr; | 
|---|
| 991 |  | 
|---|
| 992 | hPtr = Blt_FindHashEntry(&(tablePtr->entryTable), (char *)tkwin); | 
|---|
| 993 | if (hPtr == NULL) { | 
|---|
| 994 | return NULL; | 
|---|
| 995 | } | 
|---|
| 996 | return (Entry *) Blt_GetHashValue(hPtr); | 
|---|
| 997 | } | 
|---|
| 998 |  | 
|---|
| 999 |  | 
|---|
| 1000 | static int | 
|---|
| 1001 | GetEntry(interp, tablePtr, string, entryPtrPtr) | 
|---|
| 1002 | Tcl_Interp *interp; | 
|---|
| 1003 | Table *tablePtr; | 
|---|
| 1004 | char *string; | 
|---|
| 1005 | Entry **entryPtrPtr; | 
|---|
| 1006 | { | 
|---|
| 1007 | Tk_Window tkwin; | 
|---|
| 1008 | Entry *entryPtr; | 
|---|
| 1009 |  | 
|---|
| 1010 | tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, string, tablePtr->tkwin); | 
|---|
| 1011 | if (tkwin == NULL) { | 
|---|
| 1012 | return TCL_ERROR; | 
|---|
| 1013 | } | 
|---|
| 1014 | entryPtr = FindEntry(tablePtr, tkwin); | 
|---|
| 1015 | if (entryPtr == NULL) { | 
|---|
| 1016 | Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "\"", Tk_PathName(tkwin), | 
|---|
| 1017 | "\" is not managed by any table", (char *)NULL); | 
|---|
| 1018 | return TCL_ERROR; | 
|---|
| 1019 | } | 
|---|
| 1020 | *entryPtrPtr = entryPtr; | 
|---|
| 1021 | return TCL_OK; | 
|---|
| 1022 | } | 
|---|
| 1023 |  | 
|---|
| 1024 | /* | 
|---|
| 1025 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 1026 | * | 
|---|
| 1027 | * CreateEntry -- | 
|---|
| 1028 | * | 
|---|
| 1029 | *      This procedure creates and initializes a new Entry structure | 
|---|
| 1030 | *      to hold a widget.  A valid widget has a parent widget that is | 
|---|
| 1031 | *      either a) the container widget itself or b) a mutual ancestor | 
|---|
| 1032 | *      of the container widget. | 
|---|
| 1033 | * | 
|---|
| 1034 | * Results: | 
|---|
| 1035 | *      Returns a pointer to the new structure describing the new | 
|---|
| 1036 | *      widget entry.  If an error occurred, then the return | 
|---|
| 1037 | *      value is NULL and an error message is left in interp->result. | 
|---|
| 1038 | * | 
|---|
| 1039 | * Side effects: | 
|---|
| 1040 | *      Memory is allocated and initialized for the Entry structure. | 
|---|
| 1041 | * | 
|---|
| 1042 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ | 
|---|
| 1043 | static Entry * | 
|---|
| 1044 | CreateEntry(tablePtr, tkwin) | 
|---|
| 1045 | Table *tablePtr; | 
|---|
| 1046 | Tk_Window tkwin; | 
|---|
| 1047 | { | 
|---|
| 1048 | register Entry *entryPtr; | 
|---|
| 1049 | int dummy; | 
|---|
| 1050 | Tk_Window parent, ancestor; | 
|---|
| 1051 |  | 
|---|
| 1052 | /* | 
|---|
| 1053 | * Check that this widget can be managed by this table.  A valid | 
|---|
| 1054 | * widget has a parent widget that either | 
|---|
| 1055 | * | 
|---|
| 1056 | *    1) is the container widget, or | 
|---|
| 1057 | *    2) is a mutual ancestor of the container widget. | 
|---|
| 1058 | */ | 
|---|
| 1059 | ancestor = Tk_Parent(tkwin); | 
|---|
| 1060 | for (parent = tablePtr->tkwin; (parent != ancestor) && | 
|---|
| 1061 | (!Tk_IsTopLevel(parent)); parent = Tk_Parent(parent)) { | 
|---|
| 1062 | /* empty */ | 
|---|
| 1063 | } | 
|---|
| 1064 | if (ancestor != parent) { | 
|---|
| 1065 | Tcl_AppendResult(tablePtr->interp, "can't manage \"", | 
|---|
| 1066 | Tk_PathName(tkwin), "\" in table \"", Tk_PathName(tablePtr->tkwin), | 
|---|
| 1067 | "\"", (char *)NULL); | 
|---|
| 1068 | return NULL; | 
|---|
| 1069 | } | 
|---|
| 1070 | entryPtr = Blt_Calloc(1, sizeof(Entry)); | 
|---|
| 1071 | assert(entryPtr); | 
|---|
| 1072 |  | 
|---|
| 1073 | /* Initialize the entry structure */ | 
|---|
| 1074 |  | 
|---|
| 1075 | entryPtr->tkwin = tkwin; | 
|---|
| 1076 | entryPtr->tablePtr = tablePtr; | 
|---|
| 1077 | entryPtr->borderWidth = Tk_Changes(tkwin)->border_width; | 
|---|
| 1078 | entryPtr->fill = ENTRY_DEF_FILL; | 
|---|
| 1079 | entryPtr->row.control = entryPtr->column.control = ENTRY_DEF_CONTROL; | 
|---|
| 1080 | entryPtr->anchor = ENTRY_DEF_ANCHOR; | 
|---|
| 1081 | entryPtr->row.span = entryPtr->column.span = ENTRY_DEF_SPAN; | 
|---|
| 1082 | ResetLimits(&(entryPtr->reqWidth)); | 
|---|
| 1083 | ResetLimits(&(entryPtr->reqHeight)); | 
|---|
| 1084 |  | 
|---|
| 1085 | /* | 
|---|
| 1086 | * Add the entry to the following data structures. | 
|---|
| 1087 | * | 
|---|
| 1088 | *  1) A chain of widgets managed by the table. | 
|---|
| 1089 | *   2) A hash table of widgets managed by the table. | 
|---|
| 1090 | */ | 
|---|
| 1091 | entryPtr->linkPtr = Blt_ChainAppend(tablePtr->chainPtr, entryPtr); | 
|---|
| 1092 | entryPtr->hashPtr = Blt_CreateHashEntry(&(tablePtr->entryTable), | 
|---|
| 1093 | (char *)tkwin, &dummy); | 
|---|
| 1094 | Blt_SetHashValue(entryPtr->hashPtr, entryPtr); | 
|---|
| 1095 |  | 
|---|
| 1096 | Tk_CreateEventHandler(tkwin, StructureNotifyMask, WidgetEventProc, | 
|---|
| 1097 | entryPtr); | 
|---|
| 1098 | Tk_ManageGeometry(tkwin, &tableMgrInfo, (ClientData)entryPtr); | 
|---|
| 1099 |  | 
|---|
| 1100 | return entryPtr; | 
|---|
| 1101 | } | 
|---|
| 1102 |  | 
|---|
| 1103 | /* | 
|---|
| 1104 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 1105 | * | 
|---|
| 1106 | * DestroyEntry -- | 
|---|
| 1107 | * | 
|---|
| 1108 | *      Removes the Entry structure from the hash table and frees | 
|---|
| 1109 | *      the memory allocated by it.  If the table is still in use | 
|---|
| 1110 | *      (i.e. was not called from DestoryTable), remove its entries | 
|---|
| 1111 | *      from the lists of row and column sorted partitions. | 
|---|
| 1112 | * | 
|---|
| 1113 | * Results: | 
|---|
| 1114 | *      None. | 
|---|
| 1115 | * | 
|---|
| 1116 | * Side effects: | 
|---|
| 1117 | *      Everything associated with the entry is freed up. | 
|---|
| 1118 | * | 
|---|
| 1119 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 1120 | */ | 
|---|
| 1121 | static void | 
|---|
| 1122 | DestroyEntry(entryPtr) | 
|---|
| 1123 | Entry *entryPtr; | 
|---|
| 1124 | { | 
|---|
| 1125 | Table *tablePtr = entryPtr->tablePtr; | 
|---|
| 1126 |  | 
|---|
| 1127 | if (entryPtr->row.linkPtr != NULL) { | 
|---|
| 1128 | Blt_ChainDeleteLink(entryPtr->row.chainPtr, entryPtr->row.linkPtr); | 
|---|
| 1129 | } | 
|---|
| 1130 | if (entryPtr->column.linkPtr != NULL) { | 
|---|
| 1131 | Blt_ChainDeleteLink(entryPtr->column.chainPtr, | 
|---|
| 1132 | entryPtr->column.linkPtr); | 
|---|
| 1133 | } | 
|---|
| 1134 | if (entryPtr->linkPtr != NULL) { | 
|---|
| 1135 | Blt_ChainDeleteLink(tablePtr->chainPtr, entryPtr->linkPtr); | 
|---|
| 1136 | } | 
|---|
| 1137 | if (entryPtr->tkwin != NULL) { | 
|---|
| 1138 | Tk_DeleteEventHandler(entryPtr->tkwin, StructureNotifyMask, | 
|---|
| 1139 | WidgetEventProc, (ClientData)entryPtr); | 
|---|
| 1140 | Tk_ManageGeometry(entryPtr->tkwin, (Tk_GeomMgr *)NULL, | 
|---|
| 1141 | (ClientData)entryPtr); | 
|---|
| 1142 | if ((tablePtr->tkwin != NULL) && | 
|---|
| 1143 | (Tk_Parent(entryPtr->tkwin) != tablePtr->tkwin)) { | 
|---|
| 1144 | Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(entryPtr->tkwin, tablePtr->tkwin); | 
|---|
| 1145 | } | 
|---|
| 1146 | if (Tk_IsMapped(entryPtr->tkwin)) { | 
|---|
| 1147 | Tk_UnmapWindow(entryPtr->tkwin); | 
|---|
| 1148 | } | 
|---|
| 1149 | } | 
|---|
| 1150 | if (entryPtr->hashPtr != NULL) { | 
|---|
| 1151 | Blt_DeleteHashEntry(&(tablePtr->entryTable), entryPtr->hashPtr); | 
|---|
| 1152 | } | 
|---|
| 1153 | Blt_Free(entryPtr); | 
|---|
| 1154 | } | 
|---|
| 1155 |  | 
|---|
| 1156 | /* | 
|---|
| 1157 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 1158 | * | 
|---|
| 1159 | * ConfigureEntry -- | 
|---|
| 1160 | * | 
|---|
| 1161 | *      This procedure is called to process an argv/argc list, plus | 
|---|
| 1162 | *      the Tk option database, in order to configure (or reconfigure) | 
|---|
| 1163 | *      one or more entries.  Entries hold information about widgets | 
|---|
| 1164 | *      managed by the table geometry manager. | 
|---|
| 1165 | * | 
|---|
| 1166 | *      Note: You can query only one widget at a time.  But several | 
|---|
| 1167 | *            can be reconfigured at once. | 
|---|
| 1168 | * | 
|---|
| 1169 | * Results: | 
|---|
| 1170 | *      The return value is a standard Tcl result.  If TCL_ERROR is | 
|---|
| 1171 | *      returned, then interp->result contains an error message. | 
|---|
| 1172 | * | 
|---|
| 1173 | * Side effects: | 
|---|
| 1174 | *      The table layout is recomputed and rearranged at the next idle | 
|---|
| 1175 | *      point. | 
|---|
| 1176 | * | 
|---|
| 1177 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 1178 | */ | 
|---|
| 1179 | static int | 
|---|
| 1180 | ConfigureEntry(tablePtr, interp, entryPtr, argc, argv) | 
|---|
| 1181 | Table *tablePtr; | 
|---|
| 1182 | Tcl_Interp *interp; | 
|---|
| 1183 | Entry *entryPtr; | 
|---|
| 1184 | int argc;                   /* Option-value arguments */ | 
|---|
| 1185 | char **argv; | 
|---|
| 1186 | { | 
|---|
| 1187 | int oldRowSpan, oldColSpan; | 
|---|
| 1188 |  | 
|---|
| 1189 | if (entryPtr->tablePtr != tablePtr) { | 
|---|
| 1190 | Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "widget  \"", Tk_PathName(entryPtr->tkwin), | 
|---|
| 1191 | "\" does not belong to table \"", Tk_PathName(tablePtr->tkwin), | 
|---|
| 1192 | "\"", (char *)NULL); | 
|---|
| 1193 | return TCL_ERROR; | 
|---|
| 1194 | } | 
|---|
| 1195 | if (argc == 0) { | 
|---|
| 1196 | return Tk_ConfigureInfo(interp, entryPtr->tkwin, entryConfigSpecs, | 
|---|
| 1197 | (char *)entryPtr, (char *)NULL, 0); | 
|---|
| 1198 | } else if (argc == 1) { | 
|---|
| 1199 | return Tk_ConfigureInfo(interp, entryPtr->tkwin, entryConfigSpecs, | 
|---|
| 1200 | (char *)entryPtr, argv[0], 0); | 
|---|
| 1201 | } | 
|---|
| 1202 | oldRowSpan = entryPtr->row.span; | 
|---|
| 1203 | oldColSpan = entryPtr->column.span; | 
|---|
| 1204 |  | 
|---|
| 1205 | if (Tk_ConfigureWidget(interp, entryPtr->tkwin, entryConfigSpecs, | 
|---|
| 1206 | argc, argv, (char *)entryPtr, TK_CONFIG_ARGV_ONLY) != TCL_OK) { | 
|---|
| 1207 | return TCL_ERROR; | 
|---|
| 1208 | } | 
|---|
| 1209 | if ((entryPtr->column.span < 1) || (entryPtr->column.span > USHRT_MAX)) { | 
|---|
| 1210 | Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad column span specified for \"", | 
|---|
| 1211 | Tk_PathName(entryPtr->tkwin), "\"", (char *)NULL); | 
|---|
| 1212 | return TCL_ERROR; | 
|---|
| 1213 | } | 
|---|
| 1214 | if ((entryPtr->row.span < 1) || (entryPtr->row.span > USHRT_MAX)) { | 
|---|
| 1215 | Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad row span specified for \"", | 
|---|
| 1216 | Tk_PathName(entryPtr->tkwin), "\"", (char *)NULL); | 
|---|
| 1217 | return TCL_ERROR; | 
|---|
| 1218 | } | 
|---|
| 1219 | if ((oldColSpan != entryPtr->column.span) || | 
|---|
| 1220 | (oldRowSpan != entryPtr->row.span)) { | 
|---|
| 1221 | BinEntry(tablePtr, entryPtr); | 
|---|
| 1222 | } | 
|---|
| 1223 | return TCL_OK; | 
|---|
| 1224 | } | 
|---|
| 1225 |  | 
|---|
| 1226 | /* | 
|---|
| 1227 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 1228 | * | 
|---|
| 1229 | * PrintEntry -- | 
|---|
| 1230 | * | 
|---|
| 1231 | *      Returns the name, position and options of a widget in the table. | 
|---|
| 1232 | * | 
|---|
| 1233 | * Results: | 
|---|
| 1234 | *      Returns a standard Tcl result.  A list of the widget | 
|---|
| 1235 | *      attributes is left in interp->result. | 
|---|
| 1236 | * | 
|---|
| 1237 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 1238 | */ | 
|---|
| 1239 | /*ARGSUSED*/ | 
|---|
| 1240 | static void | 
|---|
| 1241 | PrintEntry(entryPtr, resultPtr) | 
|---|
| 1242 | Entry *entryPtr; | 
|---|
| 1243 | Tcl_DString *resultPtr; | 
|---|
| 1244 | { | 
|---|
| 1245 | char string[200]; | 
|---|
| 1246 |  | 
|---|
| 1247 | sprintf(string, "    %d,%d  ", entryPtr->row.rcPtr->index, | 
|---|
| 1248 | entryPtr->column.rcPtr->index); | 
|---|
| 1249 | Tcl_DStringAppend(resultPtr, string, -1); | 
|---|
| 1250 | Tcl_DStringAppend(resultPtr, Tk_PathName(entryPtr->tkwin), -1); | 
|---|
| 1251 | if (entryPtr->ipadX != ENTRY_DEF_PAD) { | 
|---|
| 1252 | Tcl_DStringAppend(resultPtr, " -ipadx ", -1); | 
|---|
| 1253 | Tcl_DStringAppend(resultPtr, Blt_Itoa(entryPtr->ipadX), -1); | 
|---|
| 1254 | } | 
|---|
| 1255 | if (entryPtr->ipadY != ENTRY_DEF_PAD) { | 
|---|
| 1256 | Tcl_DStringAppend(resultPtr, " -ipady ", -1); | 
|---|
| 1257 | Tcl_DStringAppend(resultPtr, Blt_Itoa(entryPtr->ipadY), -1); | 
|---|
| 1258 | } | 
|---|
| 1259 | if (entryPtr->row.span != ENTRY_DEF_SPAN) { | 
|---|
| 1260 | Tcl_DStringAppend(resultPtr, " -rowspan ", -1); | 
|---|
| 1261 | Tcl_DStringAppend(resultPtr, Blt_Itoa(entryPtr->row.span), -1); | 
|---|
| 1262 | } | 
|---|
| 1263 | if (entryPtr->column.span != ENTRY_DEF_SPAN) { | 
|---|
| 1264 | Tcl_DStringAppend(resultPtr, " -columnspan ", -1); | 
|---|
| 1265 | Tcl_DStringAppend(resultPtr, Blt_Itoa(entryPtr->column.span), -1); | 
|---|
| 1266 | } | 
|---|
| 1267 | if (entryPtr->anchor != ENTRY_DEF_ANCHOR) { | 
|---|
| 1268 | Tcl_DStringAppend(resultPtr, " -anchor ", -1); | 
|---|
| 1269 | Tcl_DStringAppend(resultPtr, Tk_NameOfAnchor(entryPtr->anchor), -1); | 
|---|
| 1270 | } | 
|---|
| 1271 | if ((entryPtr->padLeft != ENTRY_DEF_PAD) || | 
|---|
| 1272 | (entryPtr->padRight != ENTRY_DEF_PAD)) { | 
|---|
| 1273 | Tcl_DStringAppend(resultPtr, " -padx ", -1); | 
|---|
| 1274 | sprintf(string, "{%d %d}", entryPtr->padLeft, entryPtr->padRight); | 
|---|
| 1275 | Tcl_DStringAppend(resultPtr, string, -1); | 
|---|
| 1276 | } | 
|---|
| 1277 | if ((entryPtr->padTop != ENTRY_DEF_PAD) || | 
|---|
| 1278 | (entryPtr->padBottom != ENTRY_DEF_PAD)) { | 
|---|
| 1279 | Tcl_DStringAppend(resultPtr, " -pady ", -1); | 
|---|
| 1280 | sprintf(string, "{%d %d}", entryPtr->padTop, entryPtr->padBottom); | 
|---|
| 1281 | Tcl_DStringAppend(resultPtr, string, -1); | 
|---|
| 1282 | } | 
|---|
| 1283 | if (entryPtr->fill != ENTRY_DEF_FILL) { | 
|---|
| 1284 | Tcl_DStringAppend(resultPtr, " -fill ", -1); | 
|---|
| 1285 | Tcl_DStringAppend(resultPtr, Blt_NameOfFill(entryPtr->fill), -1); | 
|---|
| 1286 | } | 
|---|
| 1287 | if (entryPtr->column.control != ENTRY_DEF_CONTROL) { | 
|---|
| 1288 | Tcl_DStringAppend(resultPtr, " -columncontrol ", -1); | 
|---|
| 1289 | Tcl_DStringAppend(resultPtr, NameOfControl(entryPtr->column.control), -1); | 
|---|
| 1290 | } | 
|---|
| 1291 | if (entryPtr->row.control != ENTRY_DEF_CONTROL) { | 
|---|
| 1292 | Tcl_DStringAppend(resultPtr, " -rowcontrol ", -1); | 
|---|
| 1293 | Tcl_DStringAppend(resultPtr, NameOfControl(entryPtr->row.control), -1); | 
|---|
| 1294 | } | 
|---|
| 1295 | if ((entryPtr->reqWidth.nom != LIMITS_NOM) || | 
|---|
| 1296 | (entryPtr->reqWidth.min != LIMITS_MIN) || | 
|---|
| 1297 | (entryPtr->reqWidth.max != LIMITS_MAX)) { | 
|---|
| 1298 | Tcl_DStringAppend(resultPtr, " -reqwidth {", -1); | 
|---|
| 1299 | Tcl_DStringAppend(resultPtr, NameOfLimits(&(entryPtr->reqWidth)), -1); | 
|---|
| 1300 | Tcl_DStringAppend(resultPtr, "}", -1); | 
|---|
| 1301 | } | 
|---|
| 1302 | if ((entryPtr->reqHeight.nom != LIMITS_NOM) || | 
|---|
| 1303 | (entryPtr->reqHeight.min != LIMITS_MIN) || | 
|---|
| 1304 | (entryPtr->reqHeight.max != LIMITS_MAX)) { | 
|---|
| 1305 | Tcl_DStringAppend(resultPtr, " -reqheight {", -1); | 
|---|
| 1306 | Tcl_DStringAppend(resultPtr, NameOfLimits(&(entryPtr->reqHeight)), -1); | 
|---|
| 1307 | Tcl_DStringAppend(resultPtr, "}", -1); | 
|---|
| 1308 | } | 
|---|
| 1309 | } | 
|---|
| 1310 |  | 
|---|
| 1311 | /* | 
|---|
| 1312 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 1313 | * | 
|---|
| 1314 | * InfoEntry -- | 
|---|
| 1315 | * | 
|---|
| 1316 | *      Returns the name, position and options of a widget in the table. | 
|---|
| 1317 | * | 
|---|
| 1318 | * Results: | 
|---|
| 1319 | *      Returns a standard Tcl result.  A list of the widget | 
|---|
| 1320 | *      attributes is left in interp->result. | 
|---|
| 1321 | * | 
|---|
| 1322 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 1323 | */ | 
|---|
| 1324 | /*ARGSUSED*/ | 
|---|
| 1325 | static int | 
|---|
| 1326 | InfoEntry(interp, tablePtr, entryPtr) | 
|---|
| 1327 | Tcl_Interp *interp; | 
|---|
| 1328 | Table *tablePtr; | 
|---|
| 1329 | Entry *entryPtr; | 
|---|
| 1330 | { | 
|---|
| 1331 | Tcl_DString dString; | 
|---|
| 1332 |  | 
|---|
| 1333 | if (entryPtr->tablePtr != tablePtr) { | 
|---|
| 1334 | Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "widget  \"", Tk_PathName(entryPtr->tkwin), | 
|---|
| 1335 | "\" does not belong to table \"", Tk_PathName(tablePtr->tkwin), | 
|---|
| 1336 | "\"", (char *)NULL); | 
|---|
| 1337 | return TCL_ERROR; | 
|---|
| 1338 | } | 
|---|
| 1339 | Tcl_DStringInit(&dString); | 
|---|
| 1340 | PrintEntry(entryPtr, &dString); | 
|---|
| 1341 | Tcl_DStringResult(interp, &dString); | 
|---|
| 1342 | return TCL_OK; | 
|---|
| 1343 | } | 
|---|
| 1344 |  | 
|---|
| 1345 |  | 
|---|
| 1346 | /* | 
|---|
| 1347 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 1348 | * | 
|---|
| 1349 | * CreateRowColumn -- | 
|---|
| 1350 | * | 
|---|
| 1351 | *      Creates and initializes a structure that manages the size of a | 
|---|
| 1352 | *      row or column in the table. There will be one of these | 
|---|
| 1353 | *      structures allocated for each row and column in the table, | 
|---|
| 1354 | *      regardless if a widget is contained in it or not. | 
|---|
| 1355 | * | 
|---|
| 1356 | * Results: | 
|---|
| 1357 | *      Returns a pointer to the newly allocated row or column | 
|---|
| 1358 | *      structure. | 
|---|
| 1359 | * | 
|---|
| 1360 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 1361 | */ | 
|---|
| 1362 | static RowColumn * | 
|---|
| 1363 | CreateRowColumn() | 
|---|
| 1364 | { | 
|---|
| 1365 | RowColumn *rcPtr; | 
|---|
| 1366 |  | 
|---|
| 1367 | rcPtr = Blt_Malloc(sizeof(RowColumn)); | 
|---|
| 1368 | rcPtr->resize = ROWCOL_DEF_RESIZE; | 
|---|
| 1369 | ResetLimits(&(rcPtr->reqSize)); | 
|---|
| 1370 | rcPtr->nomSize = LIMITS_NOM; | 
|---|
| 1371 | rcPtr->pad.side1 = rcPtr->pad.side2 = ROWCOL_DEF_PAD; | 
|---|
| 1372 | rcPtr->size = rcPtr->index = rcPtr->minSpan = 0; | 
|---|
| 1373 | rcPtr->weight = ROWCOL_DEF_WEIGHT; | 
|---|
| 1374 | return rcPtr; | 
|---|
| 1375 | } | 
|---|
| 1376 |  | 
|---|
| 1377 | static PartitionInfo * | 
|---|
| 1378 | ParseRowColumn2(tablePtr, string, numberPtr) | 
|---|
| 1379 | Table *tablePtr; | 
|---|
| 1380 | char *string; | 
|---|
| 1381 | int *numberPtr; | 
|---|
| 1382 | { | 
|---|
| 1383 | char c; | 
|---|
| 1384 | int n; | 
|---|
| 1385 | PartitionInfo *infoPtr; | 
|---|
| 1386 |  | 
|---|
| 1387 | c = tolower(string[0]); | 
|---|
| 1388 | if (c == 'c') { | 
|---|
| 1389 | infoPtr = &(tablePtr->columnInfo); | 
|---|
| 1390 | } else if (c == 'r') { | 
|---|
| 1391 | infoPtr = &(tablePtr->rowInfo); | 
|---|
| 1392 | } else { | 
|---|
| 1393 | Tcl_AppendResult(tablePtr->interp, "bad index \"", string, | 
|---|
| 1394 | "\": must start with \"r\" or \"c\"", (char *)NULL); | 
|---|
| 1395 | return NULL; | 
|---|
| 1396 | } | 
|---|
| 1397 | /* Handle row or column configuration queries */ | 
|---|
| 1398 | if (Tcl_GetInt(tablePtr->interp, string + 1, &n) != TCL_OK) { | 
|---|
| 1399 | return NULL; | 
|---|
| 1400 | } | 
|---|
| 1401 | *numberPtr = (int)n; | 
|---|
| 1402 | return infoPtr; | 
|---|
| 1403 | } | 
|---|
| 1404 |  | 
|---|
| 1405 | static PartitionInfo * | 
|---|
| 1406 | ParseRowColumn(tablePtr, string, numberPtr) | 
|---|
| 1407 | Table *tablePtr; | 
|---|
| 1408 | char *string; | 
|---|
| 1409 | int *numberPtr; | 
|---|
| 1410 | { | 
|---|
| 1411 | int n; | 
|---|
| 1412 | PartitionInfo *infoPtr; | 
|---|
| 1413 |  | 
|---|
| 1414 | infoPtr = ParseRowColumn2(tablePtr, string, &n); | 
|---|
| 1415 | if (infoPtr == NULL) { | 
|---|
| 1416 | return NULL; | 
|---|
| 1417 | } | 
|---|
| 1418 | if ((n < 0) || (n >= Blt_ChainGetLength(infoPtr->chainPtr))) { | 
|---|
| 1419 | Tcl_AppendResult(tablePtr->interp, "bad ", infoPtr->type, " index \"", | 
|---|
| 1420 | string, "\"", (char *)NULL); | 
|---|
| 1421 | return NULL; | 
|---|
| 1422 | } | 
|---|
| 1423 | *numberPtr = (int)n; | 
|---|
| 1424 | return infoPtr; | 
|---|
| 1425 | } | 
|---|
| 1426 |  | 
|---|
| 1427 | /* | 
|---|
| 1428 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 1429 | * | 
|---|
| 1430 | * GetRowColumn -- | 
|---|
| 1431 | * | 
|---|
| 1432 | *      Gets the designated row or column from the table.  If the row | 
|---|
| 1433 | *      or column index is greater than the size of the table, new | 
|---|
| 1434 | *      rows/columns will be automatically allocated. | 
|---|
| 1435 | * | 
|---|
| 1436 | * Results: | 
|---|
| 1437 | *      Returns a pointer to the row or column structure. | 
|---|
| 1438 | * | 
|---|
| 1439 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 1440 | */ | 
|---|
| 1441 | static RowColumn * | 
|---|
| 1442 | GetRowColumn(infoPtr, n) | 
|---|
| 1443 | PartitionInfo *infoPtr; | 
|---|
| 1444 | int n; | 
|---|
| 1445 | { | 
|---|
| 1446 | Blt_ChainLink *linkPtr; | 
|---|
| 1447 | RowColumn *rcPtr; | 
|---|
| 1448 | register int i; | 
|---|
| 1449 |  | 
|---|
| 1450 | for (i = Blt_ChainGetLength(infoPtr->chainPtr); i <= n; i++) { | 
|---|
| 1451 | rcPtr = CreateRowColumn(); | 
|---|
| 1452 | rcPtr->index = i; | 
|---|
| 1453 | rcPtr->linkPtr = Blt_ChainAppend(infoPtr->chainPtr, (ClientData)rcPtr); | 
|---|
| 1454 | } | 
|---|
| 1455 | linkPtr = Blt_ChainGetNthLink(infoPtr->chainPtr, n); | 
|---|
| 1456 | if (linkPtr == NULL) { | 
|---|
| 1457 | return NULL; | 
|---|
| 1458 | } | 
|---|
| 1459 | return Blt_ChainGetValue(linkPtr); | 
|---|
| 1460 | } | 
|---|
| 1461 |  | 
|---|
| 1462 | /* | 
|---|
| 1463 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 1464 | * | 
|---|
| 1465 | * DeleteRowColumn -- | 
|---|
| 1466 | * | 
|---|
| 1467 | *      Deletes a span of rows/columns from the table. The number of | 
|---|
| 1468 | *      rows/columns to be deleted is given by span. | 
|---|
| 1469 | * | 
|---|
| 1470 | * Results: | 
|---|
| 1471 | *      None. | 
|---|
| 1472 | * | 
|---|
| 1473 | * Side effects: | 
|---|
| 1474 | *      The size of the column partition array may be extended and | 
|---|
| 1475 | *      initialized. | 
|---|
| 1476 | * | 
|---|
| 1477 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 1478 | */ | 
|---|
| 1479 | static void | 
|---|
| 1480 | DeleteRowColumn(tablePtr, infoPtr, rcPtr) | 
|---|
| 1481 | Table *tablePtr; | 
|---|
| 1482 | PartitionInfo *infoPtr; | 
|---|
| 1483 | RowColumn *rcPtr; | 
|---|
| 1484 | { | 
|---|
| 1485 | Blt_ChainLink *linkPtr, *nextPtr; | 
|---|
| 1486 | Entry *entryPtr; | 
|---|
| 1487 |  | 
|---|
| 1488 | /* | 
|---|
| 1489 | * Remove any entries that start in the row/column to be deleted. | 
|---|
| 1490 | * They point to memory that will be freed. | 
|---|
| 1491 | */ | 
|---|
| 1492 | if (infoPtr->type == rowUid) { | 
|---|
| 1493 | for (linkPtr = Blt_ChainFirstLink(tablePtr->chainPtr); linkPtr != NULL; | 
|---|
| 1494 | linkPtr = nextPtr) { | 
|---|
| 1495 | nextPtr = Blt_ChainNextLink(linkPtr); | 
|---|
| 1496 | entryPtr = Blt_ChainGetValue(linkPtr); | 
|---|
| 1497 | if (entryPtr->row.rcPtr->index == rcPtr->index) { | 
|---|
| 1498 | DestroyEntry(entryPtr); | 
|---|
| 1499 | } | 
|---|
| 1500 | } | 
|---|
| 1501 | } else { | 
|---|
| 1502 | for (linkPtr = Blt_ChainFirstLink(tablePtr->chainPtr); linkPtr != NULL; | 
|---|
| 1503 | linkPtr = nextPtr) { | 
|---|
| 1504 | nextPtr = Blt_ChainNextLink(linkPtr); | 
|---|
| 1505 | entryPtr = Blt_ChainGetValue(linkPtr); | 
|---|
| 1506 | if (entryPtr->column.rcPtr->index == rcPtr->index) { | 
|---|
| 1507 | DestroyEntry(entryPtr); | 
|---|
| 1508 | } | 
|---|
| 1509 | } | 
|---|
| 1510 | } | 
|---|
| 1511 | } | 
|---|
| 1512 |  | 
|---|
| 1513 | /* | 
|---|
| 1514 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 1515 | * | 
|---|
| 1516 | * ConfigureRowColumn -- | 
|---|
| 1517 | * | 
|---|
| 1518 | *      This procedure is called to process an argv/argc list in order | 
|---|
| 1519 | *      to configure a row or column in the table geometry manager. | 
|---|
| 1520 | * | 
|---|
| 1521 | * Results: | 
|---|
| 1522 | *      The return value is a standard Tcl result.  If TCL_ERROR is | 
|---|
| 1523 | *      returned, then interp->result holds an error message. | 
|---|
| 1524 | * | 
|---|
| 1525 | * Side effects: | 
|---|
| 1526 | *      Partition configuration options (bounds, resize flags, etc) | 
|---|
| 1527 | *      get set.  New partitions may be created as necessary. The | 
|---|
| 1528 | *      table is recalculated and arranged at the next idle point. | 
|---|
| 1529 | * | 
|---|
| 1530 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 1531 | */ | 
|---|
| 1532 | static int | 
|---|
| 1533 | ConfigureRowColumn(tablePtr, infoPtr, pattern, argc, argv) | 
|---|
| 1534 | Table *tablePtr;            /* Table to be configured */ | 
|---|
| 1535 | PartitionInfo *infoPtr; | 
|---|
| 1536 | char *pattern; | 
|---|
| 1537 | int argc; | 
|---|
| 1538 | char **argv; | 
|---|
| 1539 | { | 
|---|
| 1540 | RowColumn *rcPtr; | 
|---|
| 1541 | register Blt_ChainLink *linkPtr; | 
|---|
| 1542 | char string[200]; | 
|---|
| 1543 | int nMatches; | 
|---|
| 1544 |  | 
|---|
| 1545 | nMatches = 0; | 
|---|
| 1546 | for (linkPtr = Blt_ChainFirstLink(infoPtr->chainPtr); linkPtr != NULL; | 
|---|
| 1547 | linkPtr = Blt_ChainNextLink(linkPtr)) { | 
|---|
| 1548 | rcPtr = Blt_ChainGetValue(linkPtr); | 
|---|
| 1549 | sprintf(string, "%c%d", pattern[0], rcPtr->index); | 
|---|
| 1550 | if (Tcl_StringMatch(string, pattern)) { | 
|---|
| 1551 | if (argc == 0) { | 
|---|
| 1552 | return Tk_ConfigureInfo(tablePtr->interp, tablePtr->tkwin, | 
|---|
| 1553 | infoPtr->configSpecs, (char *)rcPtr, NULL, 0); | 
|---|
| 1554 | } else if (argc == 1) { | 
|---|
| 1555 | return Tk_ConfigureInfo(tablePtr->interp, tablePtr->tkwin, | 
|---|
| 1556 | infoPtr->configSpecs, (char *)rcPtr, argv[0], 0); | 
|---|
| 1557 | } else { | 
|---|
| 1558 | if (Tk_ConfigureWidget(tablePtr->interp, tablePtr->tkwin, | 
|---|
| 1559 | infoPtr->configSpecs, argc, argv, (char *)rcPtr, | 
|---|
| 1560 | TK_CONFIG_ARGV_ONLY) != TCL_OK) { | 
|---|
| 1561 | return TCL_ERROR; | 
|---|
| 1562 | } | 
|---|
| 1563 | } | 
|---|
| 1564 | nMatches++; | 
|---|
| 1565 | } | 
|---|
| 1566 | } | 
|---|
| 1567 | if (nMatches == 0) { | 
|---|
| 1568 | int n; | 
|---|
| 1569 |  | 
|---|
| 1570 | /* | 
|---|
| 1571 | * We found no existing partitions matching this pattern, so | 
|---|
| 1572 | * see if this designates an new partition (one beyond the | 
|---|
| 1573 | * current range). | 
|---|
| 1574 | */ | 
|---|
| 1575 | if ((Tcl_GetInt(NULL, pattern + 1, &n) != TCL_OK) || (n < 0)) { | 
|---|
| 1576 | Tcl_AppendResult(tablePtr->interp, "pattern \"", pattern, | 
|---|
| 1577 | "\" matches no ", infoPtr->type, " in table \"", | 
|---|
| 1578 | Tk_PathName(tablePtr->tkwin), "\"", (char *)NULL); | 
|---|
| 1579 | return TCL_ERROR; | 
|---|
| 1580 | } | 
|---|
| 1581 | rcPtr = GetRowColumn(infoPtr, n); | 
|---|
| 1582 | assert(rcPtr); | 
|---|
| 1583 | if (Tk_ConfigureWidget(tablePtr->interp, tablePtr->tkwin, | 
|---|
| 1584 | infoPtr->configSpecs, argc, argv, (char *)rcPtr, | 
|---|
| 1585 | TK_CONFIG_ARGV_ONLY) != TCL_OK) { | 
|---|
| 1586 | return TCL_ERROR; | 
|---|
| 1587 | } | 
|---|
| 1588 | } | 
|---|
| 1589 | EventuallyArrangeTable(tablePtr); | 
|---|
| 1590 | return TCL_OK; | 
|---|
| 1591 | } | 
|---|
| 1592 |  | 
|---|
| 1593 | static void | 
|---|
| 1594 | PrintRowColumn(interp, infoPtr, rcPtr, resultPtr) | 
|---|
| 1595 | Tcl_Interp *interp; | 
|---|
| 1596 | PartitionInfo *infoPtr; | 
|---|
| 1597 | RowColumn *rcPtr; | 
|---|
| 1598 | Tcl_DString *resultPtr; | 
|---|
| 1599 | { | 
|---|
| 1600 | char string[200]; | 
|---|
| 1601 | char *padFmt, *sizeFmt; | 
|---|
| 1602 |  | 
|---|
| 1603 | if (infoPtr->type == rowUid) { | 
|---|
| 1604 | padFmt = " -pady {%d %d}"; | 
|---|
| 1605 | sizeFmt = " -height {%s}"; | 
|---|
| 1606 | } else { | 
|---|
| 1607 | padFmt = " -padx {%d %d}"; | 
|---|
| 1608 | sizeFmt = " -width {%s}"; | 
|---|
| 1609 | } | 
|---|
| 1610 | if (rcPtr->resize != ROWCOL_DEF_RESIZE) { | 
|---|
| 1611 | Tcl_DStringAppend(resultPtr, " -resize ", -1); | 
|---|
| 1612 | Tcl_DStringAppend(resultPtr, NameOfResize(rcPtr->resize), -1); | 
|---|
| 1613 | } | 
|---|
| 1614 | if ((rcPtr->pad.side1 != ROWCOL_DEF_PAD) || | 
|---|
| 1615 | (rcPtr->pad.side2 != ROWCOL_DEF_PAD)) { | 
|---|
| 1616 | sprintf(string, padFmt, rcPtr->pad.side1, rcPtr->pad.side2); | 
|---|
| 1617 | Tcl_DStringAppend(resultPtr, string, -1); | 
|---|
| 1618 | } | 
|---|
| 1619 | if (rcPtr->weight != ROWCOL_DEF_WEIGHT) { | 
|---|
| 1620 | Tcl_DStringAppend(resultPtr, " -weight ", -1); | 
|---|
| 1621 | Tcl_DStringAppend(resultPtr, Blt_Dtoa(interp, rcPtr->weight), -1); | 
|---|
| 1622 | } | 
|---|
| 1623 | if ((rcPtr->reqSize.min != LIMITS_MIN) || | 
|---|
| 1624 | (rcPtr->reqSize.nom != LIMITS_NOM) || | 
|---|
| 1625 | (rcPtr->reqSize.max != LIMITS_MAX)) { | 
|---|
| 1626 | sprintf(string, sizeFmt, NameOfLimits(&(rcPtr->reqSize))); | 
|---|
| 1627 | Tcl_DStringAppend(resultPtr, string, -1); | 
|---|
| 1628 | } | 
|---|
| 1629 | } | 
|---|
| 1630 |  | 
|---|
| 1631 | /* | 
|---|
| 1632 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 1633 | * | 
|---|
| 1634 | * InfoRowColumn -- | 
|---|
| 1635 | * | 
|---|
| 1636 | *      Returns the options of a partition in the table. | 
|---|
| 1637 | * | 
|---|
| 1638 | * Results: | 
|---|
| 1639 | *      Returns a standard Tcl result.  A list of the partition | 
|---|
| 1640 | *      attributes is left in interp->result. | 
|---|
| 1641 | * | 
|---|
| 1642 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 1643 | */ | 
|---|
| 1644 | /*ARGSUSED*/ | 
|---|
| 1645 | static int | 
|---|
| 1646 | InfoRowColumn(tablePtr, interp, pattern) | 
|---|
| 1647 | Table *tablePtr; | 
|---|
| 1648 | Tcl_Interp *interp; | 
|---|
| 1649 | char *pattern; | 
|---|
| 1650 | { | 
|---|
| 1651 | RowColumn *rcPtr; | 
|---|
| 1652 | char string[200]; | 
|---|
| 1653 | PartitionInfo *infoPtr; | 
|---|
| 1654 | char c; | 
|---|
| 1655 | Blt_ChainLink *linkPtr, *lastPtr; | 
|---|
| 1656 | Tcl_DString dString; | 
|---|
| 1657 |  | 
|---|
| 1658 | c = pattern[0]; | 
|---|
| 1659 | if ((c == 'r') || (c == 'R')) { | 
|---|
| 1660 | infoPtr = &(tablePtr->rowInfo); | 
|---|
| 1661 | } else { | 
|---|
| 1662 | infoPtr = &(tablePtr->columnInfo); | 
|---|
| 1663 | } | 
|---|
| 1664 | Tcl_DStringInit(&dString); | 
|---|
| 1665 | lastPtr = Blt_ChainLastLink(infoPtr->chainPtr); | 
|---|
| 1666 | for (linkPtr = Blt_ChainFirstLink(infoPtr->chainPtr); linkPtr != NULL; | 
|---|
| 1667 | linkPtr = Blt_ChainNextLink(linkPtr)) { | 
|---|
| 1668 | rcPtr = Blt_ChainGetValue(linkPtr); | 
|---|
| 1669 | sprintf(string, "%c%d", infoPtr->type[0], rcPtr->index); | 
|---|
| 1670 | if (Tcl_StringMatch(string, pattern)) { | 
|---|
| 1671 | Tcl_DStringAppend(&dString, string, -1); | 
|---|
| 1672 | PrintRowColumn(interp, infoPtr, rcPtr, &dString); | 
|---|
| 1673 | if (linkPtr != lastPtr) { | 
|---|
| 1674 | Tcl_DStringAppend(&dString, " \\\n", -1); | 
|---|
| 1675 | } else { | 
|---|
| 1676 | Tcl_DStringAppend(&dString, "\n", -1); | 
|---|
| 1677 | } | 
|---|
| 1678 | } | 
|---|
| 1679 | } | 
|---|
| 1680 | Tcl_DStringResult(interp, &dString); | 
|---|
| 1681 | return TCL_OK; | 
|---|
| 1682 | } | 
|---|
| 1683 |  | 
|---|
| 1684 | /* | 
|---|
| 1685 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 1686 | * | 
|---|
| 1687 | * InitSpan -- | 
|---|
| 1688 | * | 
|---|
| 1689 | *      Checks the size of the column partitions and extends the size | 
|---|
| 1690 | *      if a larger array is needed. | 
|---|
| 1691 | * | 
|---|
| 1692 | * Results: | 
|---|
| 1693 | *      Returns 1 if the column exists.  Otherwise 0 is returned and | 
|---|
| 1694 | *      interp->result contains an error message. | 
|---|
| 1695 | * | 
|---|
| 1696 | * Side effects: | 
|---|
| 1697 | *      The size of the column partition array may be extended and | 
|---|
| 1698 | *      initialized. | 
|---|
| 1699 | * | 
|---|
| 1700 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 1701 | */ | 
|---|
| 1702 | static RowColumn * | 
|---|
| 1703 | InitSpan(infoPtr, start, span) | 
|---|
| 1704 | PartitionInfo *infoPtr; | 
|---|
| 1705 | int start, span; | 
|---|
| 1706 | { | 
|---|
| 1707 | int length; | 
|---|
| 1708 | RowColumn *rcPtr; | 
|---|
| 1709 | register int i; | 
|---|
| 1710 | Blt_ChainLink *linkPtr; | 
|---|
| 1711 |  | 
|---|
| 1712 | length = Blt_ChainGetLength(infoPtr->chainPtr); | 
|---|
| 1713 | for (i = length; i < (start + span); i++) { | 
|---|
| 1714 | rcPtr = CreateRowColumn(); | 
|---|
| 1715 | rcPtr->index = i; | 
|---|
| 1716 | rcPtr->linkPtr = Blt_ChainAppend(infoPtr->chainPtr, (ClientData)rcPtr); | 
|---|
| 1717 | } | 
|---|
| 1718 | linkPtr = Blt_ChainGetNthLink(infoPtr->chainPtr, start); | 
|---|
| 1719 | return Blt_ChainGetValue(linkPtr); | 
|---|
| 1720 | } | 
|---|
| 1721 |  | 
|---|
| 1722 |  | 
|---|
| 1723 | /* | 
|---|
| 1724 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 1725 | * | 
|---|
| 1726 | * Blt_GetTable -- | 
|---|
| 1727 | * | 
|---|
| 1728 | *      Searches for a table associated by the path name of the widget | 
|---|
| 1729 | *      container. | 
|---|
| 1730 | * | 
|---|
| 1731 | *      Errors may occur because | 
|---|
| 1732 | *        1) pathName isn't a valid for any Tk widget, or | 
|---|
| 1733 | *        2) there's no table associated with that widget as a container. | 
|---|
| 1734 | * | 
|---|
| 1735 | * Results: | 
|---|
| 1736 | *      If a table entry exists, a pointer to the Table structure is | 
|---|
| 1737 | *      returned. Otherwise NULL is returned. | 
|---|
| 1738 | * | 
|---|
| 1739 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 1740 | */ | 
|---|
| 1741 | /*LINTLIBRARY*/ | 
|---|
| 1742 | int | 
|---|
| 1743 | Blt_GetTable(dataPtr, interp, pathName, tablePtrPtr) | 
|---|
| 1744 | TableInterpData *dataPtr;   /* Interpreter-specific data. */ | 
|---|
| 1745 | Tcl_Interp *interp;         /* Interpreter to report errors back to. */ | 
|---|
| 1746 | char *pathName;             /* Path name of the container widget. */ | 
|---|
| 1747 | Table **tablePtrPtr; | 
|---|
| 1748 | { | 
|---|
| 1749 | Blt_HashEntry *hPtr; | 
|---|
| 1750 | Tk_Window tkwin; | 
|---|
| 1751 |  | 
|---|
| 1752 | tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, pathName, Tk_MainWindow(interp)); | 
|---|
| 1753 | if (tkwin == NULL) { | 
|---|
| 1754 | return TCL_ERROR; | 
|---|
| 1755 | } | 
|---|
| 1756 | hPtr = Blt_FindHashEntry(&(dataPtr->tableTable), (char *)tkwin); | 
|---|
| 1757 | if (hPtr == NULL) { | 
|---|
| 1758 | Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "no table associated with widget \"", | 
|---|
| 1759 | pathName, "\"", (char *)NULL); | 
|---|
| 1760 | return TCL_ERROR; | 
|---|
| 1761 | } | 
|---|
| 1762 | *tablePtrPtr = (Table *)Blt_GetHashValue(hPtr); | 
|---|
| 1763 | return TCL_OK; | 
|---|
| 1764 | } | 
|---|
| 1765 |  | 
|---|
| 1766 | /* | 
|---|
| 1767 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 1768 | * | 
|---|
| 1769 | * CreateTable -- | 
|---|
| 1770 | * | 
|---|
| 1771 | *      This procedure creates and initializes a new Table structure | 
|---|
| 1772 | *      with tkwin as its container widget. The internal structures | 
|---|
| 1773 | *      associated with the table are initialized. | 
|---|
| 1774 | * | 
|---|
| 1775 | * Results: | 
|---|
| 1776 | *      Returns the pointer to the new Table structure describing the | 
|---|
| 1777 | *      new table geometry manager.  If an error occurred, the return | 
|---|
| 1778 | *      value will be NULL and an error message is left in | 
|---|
| 1779 | *      interp->result. | 
|---|
| 1780 | * | 
|---|
| 1781 | * Side effects: | 
|---|
| 1782 | *      Memory is allocated and initialized, an event handler is set | 
|---|
| 1783 | *      up to watch tkwin, etc. | 
|---|
| 1784 | * | 
|---|
| 1785 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 1786 | */ | 
|---|
| 1787 | static Table * | 
|---|
| 1788 | CreateTable(dataPtr, interp, pathName) | 
|---|
| 1789 | TableInterpData *dataPtr; | 
|---|
| 1790 | Tcl_Interp *interp;         /* Interpreter associated with table. */ | 
|---|
| 1791 | char *pathName;             /* Path name of the container widget to be | 
|---|
| 1792 | * associated with the new table. */ | 
|---|
| 1793 | { | 
|---|
| 1794 | register Table *tablePtr; | 
|---|
| 1795 | Tk_Window tkwin; | 
|---|
| 1796 | int dummy; | 
|---|
| 1797 | Blt_HashEntry *hPtr; | 
|---|
| 1798 |  | 
|---|
| 1799 | tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, pathName, Tk_MainWindow(interp)); | 
|---|
| 1800 | if (tkwin == NULL) { | 
|---|
| 1801 | return NULL; | 
|---|
| 1802 | } | 
|---|
| 1803 | tablePtr = Blt_Calloc(1, sizeof(Table)); | 
|---|
| 1804 | assert(tablePtr); | 
|---|
| 1805 | tablePtr->tkwin = tkwin; | 
|---|
| 1806 | tablePtr->interp = interp; | 
|---|
| 1807 | tablePtr->rowInfo.type = rowUid; | 
|---|
| 1808 | tablePtr->rowInfo.configSpecs = rowConfigSpecs; | 
|---|
| 1809 | tablePtr->rowInfo.chainPtr = Blt_ChainCreate(); | 
|---|
| 1810 | tablePtr->columnInfo.type = columnUid; | 
|---|
| 1811 | tablePtr->columnInfo.configSpecs = columnConfigSpecs; | 
|---|
| 1812 | tablePtr->columnInfo.chainPtr = Blt_ChainCreate(); | 
|---|
| 1813 | tablePtr->propagate = TRUE; | 
|---|
| 1814 |  | 
|---|
| 1815 | tablePtr->arrangeProc = ArrangeTable; | 
|---|
| 1816 | Blt_InitHashTable(&(tablePtr->entryTable), BLT_ONE_WORD_KEYS); | 
|---|
| 1817 | tablePtr->findEntryProc = FindEntry; | 
|---|
| 1818 |  | 
|---|
| 1819 | ResetLimits(&(tablePtr->reqWidth)); | 
|---|
| 1820 | ResetLimits(&(tablePtr->reqHeight)); | 
|---|
| 1821 |  | 
|---|
| 1822 | tablePtr->chainPtr = Blt_ChainCreate(); | 
|---|
| 1823 | tablePtr->rowInfo.list = Blt_ListCreate(BLT_ONE_WORD_KEYS); | 
|---|
| 1824 | tablePtr->columnInfo.list = Blt_ListCreate(BLT_ONE_WORD_KEYS); | 
|---|
| 1825 |  | 
|---|
| 1826 | Tk_CreateEventHandler(tablePtr->tkwin, StructureNotifyMask, | 
|---|
| 1827 | TableEventProc, (ClientData)tablePtr); | 
|---|
| 1828 | hPtr = Blt_CreateHashEntry(&(dataPtr->tableTable), (char *)tkwin, &dummy); | 
|---|
| 1829 | tablePtr->hashPtr = hPtr; | 
|---|
| 1830 | tablePtr->tablePtr = &(dataPtr->tableTable); | 
|---|
| 1831 | Blt_SetHashValue(hPtr, (ClientData)tablePtr); | 
|---|
| 1832 | return tablePtr; | 
|---|
| 1833 | } | 
|---|
| 1834 |  | 
|---|
| 1835 | /* | 
|---|
| 1836 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 1837 | * | 
|---|
| 1838 | * ConfigureTable -- | 
|---|
| 1839 | * | 
|---|
| 1840 | *      This procedure is called to process an argv/argc list in order | 
|---|
| 1841 | *      to configure the table geometry manager. | 
|---|
| 1842 | * | 
|---|
| 1843 | * Results: | 
|---|
| 1844 | *      The return value is a standard Tcl result.  If TCL_ERROR is | 
|---|
| 1845 | *      returned, then interp->result contains an error message. | 
|---|
| 1846 | * | 
|---|
| 1847 | * Side effects: | 
|---|
| 1848 | *      Table configuration options (-padx, -pady, etc.) get set.  The | 
|---|
| 1849 | *      table is recalculated and arranged at the next idle point. | 
|---|
| 1850 | * | 
|---|
| 1851 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 1852 | */ | 
|---|
| 1853 | static int | 
|---|
| 1854 | ConfigureTable(tablePtr, interp, argc, argv) | 
|---|
| 1855 | Table *tablePtr;            /* Table to be configured */ | 
|---|
| 1856 | Tcl_Interp *interp;         /* Interpreter to report results back to */ | 
|---|
| 1857 | int argc; | 
|---|
| 1858 | char **argv;                /* Option-value pairs */ | 
|---|
| 1859 | { | 
|---|
| 1860 | if (argc == 0) { | 
|---|
| 1861 | return Tk_ConfigureInfo(interp, tablePtr->tkwin, tableConfigSpecs, | 
|---|
| 1862 | (char *)tablePtr, (char *)NULL, 0); | 
|---|
| 1863 | } else if (argc == 1) { | 
|---|
| 1864 | return Tk_ConfigureInfo(interp, tablePtr->tkwin, tableConfigSpecs, | 
|---|
| 1865 | (char *)tablePtr, argv[0], 0); | 
|---|
| 1866 | } | 
|---|
| 1867 | if (Tk_ConfigureWidget(interp, tablePtr->tkwin, tableConfigSpecs, | 
|---|
| 1868 | argc, argv, (char *)tablePtr, TK_CONFIG_ARGV_ONLY) != TCL_OK) { | 
|---|
| 1869 | return TCL_ERROR; | 
|---|
| 1870 | } | 
|---|
| 1871 | /* Arrange for the table layout to be computed at the next idle point. */ | 
|---|
| 1872 | tablePtr->flags |= REQUEST_LAYOUT; | 
|---|
| 1873 | EventuallyArrangeTable(tablePtr); | 
|---|
| 1874 | return TCL_OK; | 
|---|
| 1875 | } | 
|---|
| 1876 |  | 
|---|
| 1877 | static void | 
|---|
| 1878 | PrintTable(tablePtr, resultPtr) | 
|---|
| 1879 | Table *tablePtr; | 
|---|
| 1880 | Tcl_DString *resultPtr; | 
|---|
| 1881 | { | 
|---|
| 1882 | char string[200]; | 
|---|
| 1883 |  | 
|---|
| 1884 | if ((tablePtr->padLeft != TABLE_DEF_PAD) || | 
|---|
| 1885 | (tablePtr->padRight != TABLE_DEF_PAD)) { | 
|---|
| 1886 | sprintf(string, " -padx {%d %d}", tablePtr->padLeft, tablePtr->padRight); | 
|---|
| 1887 | Tcl_DStringAppend(resultPtr, string, -1); | 
|---|
| 1888 | } | 
|---|
| 1889 | if ((tablePtr->padTop != TABLE_DEF_PAD) || | 
|---|
| 1890 | (tablePtr->padBottom != TABLE_DEF_PAD)) { | 
|---|
| 1891 | sprintf(string, " -pady {%d %d}", tablePtr->padTop, tablePtr->padBottom); | 
|---|
| 1892 | Tcl_DStringAppend(resultPtr, string, -1); | 
|---|
| 1893 | } | 
|---|
| 1894 | if (!tablePtr->propagate) { | 
|---|
| 1895 | Tcl_DStringAppend(resultPtr, " -propagate no", -1); | 
|---|
| 1896 | } | 
|---|
| 1897 | if ((tablePtr->reqWidth.min != LIMITS_MIN) || | 
|---|
| 1898 | (tablePtr->reqWidth.nom != LIMITS_NOM) || | 
|---|
| 1899 | (tablePtr->reqWidth.max != LIMITS_MAX)) { | 
|---|
| 1900 | Tcl_DStringAppend(resultPtr, " -reqwidth {%s}", -1); | 
|---|
| 1901 | Tcl_DStringAppend(resultPtr, NameOfLimits(&(tablePtr->reqWidth)), -1); | 
|---|
| 1902 | } | 
|---|
| 1903 | if ((tablePtr->reqHeight.min != LIMITS_MIN) || | 
|---|
| 1904 | (tablePtr->reqHeight.nom != LIMITS_NOM) || | 
|---|
| 1905 | (tablePtr->reqHeight.max != LIMITS_MAX)) { | 
|---|
| 1906 | Tcl_DStringAppend(resultPtr, " -reqheight {%s}", -1); | 
|---|
| 1907 | Tcl_DStringAppend(resultPtr, NameOfLimits(&(tablePtr->reqHeight)), -1); | 
|---|
| 1908 | } | 
|---|
| 1909 | } | 
|---|
| 1910 |  | 
|---|
| 1911 | /* | 
|---|
| 1912 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 1913 | * | 
|---|
| 1914 | * DestroyPartitions -- | 
|---|
| 1915 | * | 
|---|
| 1916 | *      Clear each of the lists managing the entries.  The entries in | 
|---|
| 1917 | *      the lists of row and column spans are themselves lists which | 
|---|
| 1918 | *      need to be cleared. | 
|---|
| 1919 | * | 
|---|
| 1920 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 1921 | */ | 
|---|
| 1922 | static void | 
|---|
| 1923 | DestroyPartitions(infoPtr) | 
|---|
| 1924 | PartitionInfo *infoPtr; | 
|---|
| 1925 | { | 
|---|
| 1926 | if (infoPtr->list != NULL) { | 
|---|
| 1927 | Blt_Chain *chainPtr; | 
|---|
| 1928 | Blt_ListNode node; | 
|---|
| 1929 |  | 
|---|
| 1930 | for (node = Blt_ListFirstNode(infoPtr->list); node != NULL; | 
|---|
| 1931 | node = Blt_ListNextNode(node)) { | 
|---|
| 1932 | chainPtr = (Blt_Chain *)Blt_ListGetValue(node); | 
|---|
| 1933 | if (chainPtr != NULL) { | 
|---|
| 1934 | Blt_ChainDestroy(chainPtr); | 
|---|
| 1935 | } | 
|---|
| 1936 | } | 
|---|
| 1937 | Blt_ListDestroy(infoPtr->list); | 
|---|
| 1938 | } | 
|---|
| 1939 | if (infoPtr->chainPtr != NULL) { | 
|---|
| 1940 | Blt_ChainLink *linkPtr; | 
|---|
| 1941 | RowColumn *rcPtr; | 
|---|
| 1942 |  | 
|---|
| 1943 | for (linkPtr = Blt_ChainFirstLink(infoPtr->chainPtr); | 
|---|
| 1944 | linkPtr != NULL; linkPtr = Blt_ChainNextLink(linkPtr)) { | 
|---|
| 1945 | rcPtr = Blt_ChainGetValue(linkPtr); | 
|---|
| 1946 | Blt_Free(rcPtr); | 
|---|
| 1947 | } | 
|---|
| 1948 | Blt_ChainDestroy(infoPtr->chainPtr); | 
|---|
| 1949 | } | 
|---|
| 1950 | } | 
|---|
| 1951 |  | 
|---|
| 1952 | /* | 
|---|
| 1953 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 1954 | * | 
|---|
| 1955 | * DestroyTable -- | 
|---|
| 1956 | * | 
|---|
| 1957 | *      This procedure is invoked by Tcl_EventuallyFree or Tcl_Release to | 
|---|
| 1958 | *      clean up the Table structure at a safe time (when no-one is using | 
|---|
| 1959 | *      it anymore). | 
|---|
| 1960 | * | 
|---|
| 1961 | * Results: | 
|---|
| 1962 | *      None. | 
|---|
| 1963 | * | 
|---|
| 1964 | * Side effects: | 
|---|
| 1965 | *      Everything associated with the table geometry manager is freed up. | 
|---|
| 1966 | * | 
|---|
| 1967 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 1968 | */ | 
|---|
| 1969 | static void | 
|---|
| 1970 | DestroyTable(dataPtr) | 
|---|
| 1971 | DestroyData dataPtr;        /* Table structure */ | 
|---|
| 1972 | { | 
|---|
| 1973 | Blt_ChainLink *linkPtr; | 
|---|
| 1974 | Entry *entryPtr; | 
|---|
| 1975 | Table *tablePtr = (Table *)dataPtr; | 
|---|
| 1976 |  | 
|---|
| 1977 | /* Release the chain of entries. */ | 
|---|
| 1978 | for (linkPtr = Blt_ChainFirstLink(tablePtr->chainPtr); linkPtr != NULL; | 
|---|
| 1979 | linkPtr = Blt_ChainNextLink(linkPtr)) { | 
|---|
| 1980 | entryPtr = Blt_ChainGetValue(linkPtr); | 
|---|
| 1981 | entryPtr->linkPtr = NULL; /* Don't disrupt this chain of entries */ | 
|---|
| 1982 | DestroyEntry(entryPtr); | 
|---|
| 1983 | } | 
|---|
| 1984 | Blt_ChainDestroy(tablePtr->chainPtr); | 
|---|
| 1985 |  | 
|---|
| 1986 | DestroyPartitions(&(tablePtr->rowInfo)); | 
|---|
| 1987 | DestroyPartitions(&(tablePtr->columnInfo)); | 
|---|
| 1988 | Blt_DeleteHashTable(&(tablePtr->entryTable)); | 
|---|
| 1989 | if (tablePtr->hashPtr != NULL) { | 
|---|
| 1990 | Blt_DeleteHashEntry(tablePtr->tablePtr, tablePtr->hashPtr); | 
|---|
| 1991 | } | 
|---|
| 1992 | Blt_Free(tablePtr); | 
|---|
| 1993 | } | 
|---|
| 1994 |  | 
|---|
| 1995 | /* | 
|---|
| 1996 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 1997 | * | 
|---|
| 1998 | * BinEntry -- | 
|---|
| 1999 | * | 
|---|
| 2000 | *      Adds the entry to the lists of both row and column spans.  The | 
|---|
| 2001 | *      layout of the table is done in order of partition spans, from | 
|---|
| 2002 | *      shorted to longest.  The widgets spanning a particular number of | 
|---|
| 2003 | *      partitions are stored in a linked list.  Each list is in turn, | 
|---|
| 2004 | *      contained within a master list. | 
|---|
| 2005 | * | 
|---|
| 2006 | * Results: | 
|---|
| 2007 | *      None. | 
|---|
| 2008 | * | 
|---|
| 2009 | * Side effects: | 
|---|
| 2010 | *      The entry is added to both the lists of row and columns spans. | 
|---|
| 2011 | *      This will effect the layout of the widgets. | 
|---|
| 2012 | * | 
|---|
| 2013 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 2014 | */ | 
|---|
| 2015 | static void | 
|---|
| 2016 | BinEntry(tablePtr, entryPtr) | 
|---|
| 2017 | Table *tablePtr; | 
|---|
| 2018 | Entry *entryPtr; | 
|---|
| 2019 | { | 
|---|
| 2020 | Blt_ListNode node; | 
|---|
| 2021 | Blt_List list; | 
|---|
| 2022 | Blt_Chain *chainPtr; | 
|---|
| 2023 | int key; | 
|---|
| 2024 |  | 
|---|
| 2025 | /* | 
|---|
| 2026 | * Remove the entry from both row and column lists.  It will be | 
|---|
| 2027 | * re-inserted into the table at the new position. | 
|---|
| 2028 | */ | 
|---|
| 2029 | if (entryPtr->column.linkPtr != NULL) { | 
|---|
| 2030 | Blt_ChainUnlinkLink(entryPtr->column.chainPtr, | 
|---|
| 2031 | entryPtr->column.linkPtr); | 
|---|
| 2032 | } | 
|---|
| 2033 | if (entryPtr->row.linkPtr != NULL) { | 
|---|
| 2034 | Blt_ChainUnlinkLink(entryPtr->row.chainPtr, entryPtr->row.linkPtr); | 
|---|
| 2035 | } | 
|---|
| 2036 | list = tablePtr->rowInfo.list; | 
|---|
| 2037 | key = 0;                    /* Initialize key to bogus span */ | 
|---|
| 2038 | for (node = Blt_ListFirstNode(list); node != NULL; | 
|---|
| 2039 | node = Blt_ListNextNode(node)) { | 
|---|
| 2040 | key = (int)Blt_ListGetKey(node); | 
|---|
| 2041 | if (entryPtr->row.span <= key) { | 
|---|
| 2042 | break; | 
|---|
| 2043 | } | 
|---|
| 2044 | } | 
|---|
| 2045 | if (key != entryPtr->row.span) { | 
|---|
| 2046 | Blt_ListNode newNode; | 
|---|
| 2047 |  | 
|---|
| 2048 | /* | 
|---|
| 2049 | * Create a new list (bucket) to hold entries of that size | 
|---|
| 2050 | * span and and link it into the list of buckets. | 
|---|
| 2051 | */ | 
|---|
| 2052 | newNode = Blt_ListCreateNode(list, (char *)entryPtr->row.span); | 
|---|
| 2053 | Blt_ListSetValue(newNode, (char *)Blt_ChainCreate()); | 
|---|
| 2054 | Blt_ListLinkBefore(list, newNode, node); | 
|---|
| 2055 | node = newNode; | 
|---|
| 2056 | } | 
|---|
| 2057 | chainPtr = (Blt_Chain *) Blt_ListGetValue(node); | 
|---|
| 2058 | if (entryPtr->row.linkPtr == NULL) { | 
|---|
| 2059 | entryPtr->row.linkPtr = Blt_ChainAppend(chainPtr, entryPtr); | 
|---|
| 2060 | } else { | 
|---|
| 2061 | Blt_ChainLinkBefore(chainPtr, entryPtr->row.linkPtr, NULL); | 
|---|
| 2062 | } | 
|---|
| 2063 | entryPtr->row.chainPtr = chainPtr; | 
|---|
| 2064 |  | 
|---|
| 2065 | list = tablePtr->columnInfo.list; | 
|---|
| 2066 | key = 0; | 
|---|
| 2067 | for (node = Blt_ListFirstNode(list); node != NULL; | 
|---|
| 2068 | node = Blt_ListNextNode(node)) { | 
|---|
| 2069 | key = (int)Blt_ListGetKey(node); | 
|---|
| 2070 | if (entryPtr->column.span <= key) { | 
|---|
| 2071 | break; | 
|---|
| 2072 | } | 
|---|
| 2073 | } | 
|---|
| 2074 | if (key != entryPtr->column.span) { | 
|---|
| 2075 | Blt_ListNode newNode; | 
|---|
| 2076 |  | 
|---|
| 2077 | /* | 
|---|
| 2078 | * Create a new list (bucket) to hold entries of that size | 
|---|
| 2079 | * span and and link it into the list of buckets. | 
|---|
| 2080 | */ | 
|---|
| 2081 | newNode = Blt_ListCreateNode(list, (char *)entryPtr->column.span); | 
|---|
| 2082 | Blt_ListSetValue(newNode, (char *)Blt_ChainCreate()); | 
|---|
| 2083 | Blt_ListLinkBefore(list, newNode, node); | 
|---|
| 2084 | node = newNode; | 
|---|
| 2085 | } | 
|---|
| 2086 | chainPtr = (Blt_Chain *) Blt_ListGetValue(node); | 
|---|
| 2087 |  | 
|---|
| 2088 | /* Add the new entry to the span bucket */ | 
|---|
| 2089 | if (entryPtr->column.linkPtr == NULL) { | 
|---|
| 2090 | entryPtr->column.linkPtr = | 
|---|
| 2091 | Blt_ChainAppend(chainPtr, entryPtr); | 
|---|
| 2092 | } else { | 
|---|
| 2093 | Blt_ChainLinkBefore(chainPtr, entryPtr->column.linkPtr, NULL); | 
|---|
| 2094 | } | 
|---|
| 2095 | entryPtr->column.chainPtr = chainPtr; | 
|---|
| 2096 | } | 
|---|
| 2097 |  | 
|---|
| 2098 | /* | 
|---|
| 2099 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 2100 | * | 
|---|
| 2101 | * ParseIndex -- | 
|---|
| 2102 | * | 
|---|
| 2103 | *      Parse the entry index string and return the row and column | 
|---|
| 2104 | *      numbers in their respective parameters.  The format of a table | 
|---|
| 2105 | *      entry index is row,column where row is the row number and | 
|---|
| 2106 | *      column is the column number.  Rows and columns are numbered | 
|---|
| 2107 | *      starting from zero. | 
|---|
| 2108 | * | 
|---|
| 2109 | * Results: | 
|---|
| 2110 | *      Returns a standard Tcl result.  If TCL_OK is returned, the row | 
|---|
| 2111 | *      and column numbers are returned via rowPtr and columnPtr | 
|---|
| 2112 | *      respectively. | 
|---|
| 2113 | * | 
|---|
| 2114 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 2115 | */ | 
|---|
| 2116 | static int | 
|---|
| 2117 | ParseIndex(interp, string, rowPtr, columnPtr) | 
|---|
| 2118 | Tcl_Interp *interp; | 
|---|
| 2119 | char *string; | 
|---|
| 2120 | int *rowPtr, *columnPtr; | 
|---|
| 2121 | { | 
|---|
| 2122 | char *comma; | 
|---|
| 2123 | long row, column; | 
|---|
| 2124 | int result; | 
|---|
| 2125 |  | 
|---|
| 2126 | comma = strchr(string, ','); | 
|---|
| 2127 | if (comma == NULL) { | 
|---|
| 2128 | Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad index \"", string, | 
|---|
| 2129 | "\": should be \"row,column\"", (char *)NULL); | 
|---|
| 2130 | return TCL_ERROR; | 
|---|
| 2131 |  | 
|---|
| 2132 | } | 
|---|
| 2133 | *comma = '\0'; | 
|---|
| 2134 | result = ((Tcl_ExprLong(interp, string, &row) != TCL_OK) || | 
|---|
| 2135 | (Tcl_ExprLong(interp, comma + 1, &column) != TCL_OK)); | 
|---|
| 2136 | *comma = ',';               /* Repair the argument */ | 
|---|
| 2137 | if (result) { | 
|---|
| 2138 | return TCL_ERROR; | 
|---|
| 2139 | } | 
|---|
| 2140 | if ((row < 0) || (row > (long)USHRT_MAX)) { | 
|---|
| 2141 | Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad index \"", string, | 
|---|
| 2142 | "\": row is out of range", (char *)NULL); | 
|---|
| 2143 | return TCL_ERROR; | 
|---|
| 2144 |  | 
|---|
| 2145 | } | 
|---|
| 2146 | if ((column < 0) || (column > (long)USHRT_MAX)) { | 
|---|
| 2147 | Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad index \"", string, | 
|---|
| 2148 | "\": column is out of range", (char *)NULL); | 
|---|
| 2149 | return TCL_ERROR; | 
|---|
| 2150 | } | 
|---|
| 2151 | *rowPtr = (int)row; | 
|---|
| 2152 | *columnPtr = (int)column; | 
|---|
| 2153 | return TCL_OK; | 
|---|
| 2154 | } | 
|---|
| 2155 |  | 
|---|
| 2156 | /* | 
|---|
| 2157 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 2158 | * | 
|---|
| 2159 | * ManageEntry -- | 
|---|
| 2160 | * | 
|---|
| 2161 | *      Inserts the given widget into the table at a given row and | 
|---|
| 2162 | *      column position.  The widget can already be managed by this or | 
|---|
| 2163 | *      another table.  The widget will be simply moved to the new | 
|---|
| 2164 | *      location in this table. | 
|---|
| 2165 | * | 
|---|
| 2166 | *      The new widget is inserted into both a hash table (this is | 
|---|
| 2167 | *      used to locate the information associated with the widget) and | 
|---|
| 2168 | *      a list (used to indicate relative ordering of widgets). | 
|---|
| 2169 | * | 
|---|
| 2170 | * Results: | 
|---|
| 2171 | *      Returns a standard Tcl result.  If an error occurred, TCL_ERROR is | 
|---|
| 2172 | *      returned and an error message is left in interp->result. | 
|---|
| 2173 | * | 
|---|
| 2174 | * Side Effects: | 
|---|
| 2175 | *      The table is re-computed and arranged at the next idle point. | 
|---|
| 2176 | * | 
|---|
| 2177 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ | 
|---|
| 2178 | static int | 
|---|
| 2179 | ManageEntry(interp, tablePtr, tkwin, row, column, argc, argv) | 
|---|
| 2180 | Tcl_Interp *interp; | 
|---|
| 2181 | Table *tablePtr; | 
|---|
| 2182 | Tk_Window tkwin; | 
|---|
| 2183 | int row, column; | 
|---|
| 2184 | int argc; | 
|---|
| 2185 | char **argv; | 
|---|
| 2186 | { | 
|---|
| 2187 | Entry *entryPtr; | 
|---|
| 2188 | int result = TCL_OK; | 
|---|
| 2189 |  | 
|---|
| 2190 | entryPtr = FindEntry(tablePtr, tkwin); | 
|---|
| 2191 | if ((entryPtr != NULL) && (entryPtr->tablePtr != tablePtr)) { | 
|---|
| 2192 | /* The entry for the widget already exists. If it's | 
|---|
| 2193 | * managed by another table, delete it.  */ | 
|---|
| 2194 | DestroyEntry(entryPtr); | 
|---|
| 2195 | entryPtr = NULL; | 
|---|
| 2196 | } | 
|---|
| 2197 | if (entryPtr == NULL) { | 
|---|
| 2198 | entryPtr = CreateEntry(tablePtr, tkwin); | 
|---|
| 2199 | if (entryPtr == NULL) { | 
|---|
| 2200 | return TCL_ERROR; | 
|---|
| 2201 | } | 
|---|
| 2202 | } | 
|---|
| 2203 | if (argc > 0) { | 
|---|
| 2204 | result = Tk_ConfigureWidget(tablePtr->interp, entryPtr->tkwin, | 
|---|
| 2205 | entryConfigSpecs, argc, argv, (char *)entryPtr, | 
|---|
| 2206 | TK_CONFIG_ARGV_ONLY); | 
|---|
| 2207 | } | 
|---|
| 2208 | if ((entryPtr->column.span < 1) || (entryPtr->row.span < 1)) { | 
|---|
| 2209 | Tcl_AppendResult(tablePtr->interp, "bad span specified for \"", | 
|---|
| 2210 | Tk_PathName(tkwin), "\"", (char *)NULL); | 
|---|
| 2211 | DestroyEntry(entryPtr); | 
|---|
| 2212 | return TCL_ERROR; | 
|---|
| 2213 | } | 
|---|
| 2214 | entryPtr->column.rcPtr = InitSpan(&(tablePtr->columnInfo), column, | 
|---|
| 2215 | entryPtr->column.span); | 
|---|
| 2216 | entryPtr->row.rcPtr = InitSpan(&(tablePtr->rowInfo), row, | 
|---|
| 2217 | entryPtr->row.span); | 
|---|
| 2218 | /* | 
|---|
| 2219 | * Insert the entry into both the row and column layout lists | 
|---|
| 2220 | */ | 
|---|
| 2221 | BinEntry(tablePtr, entryPtr); | 
|---|
| 2222 |  | 
|---|
| 2223 | return result; | 
|---|
| 2224 | } | 
|---|
| 2225 |  | 
|---|
| 2226 | /* | 
|---|
| 2227 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 2228 | * | 
|---|
| 2229 | * BuildTable -- | 
|---|
| 2230 | * | 
|---|
| 2231 | *      Processes an argv/argc list of table entries to add and | 
|---|
| 2232 | *      configure new widgets into the table.  A table entry consists | 
|---|
| 2233 | *      of the widget path name, table index, and optional | 
|---|
| 2234 | *      configuration options.  The first argument in the argv list is | 
|---|
| 2235 | *      the name of the table.  If no table exists for the given | 
|---|
| 2236 | *      widget, a new one is created. | 
|---|
| 2237 | * | 
|---|
| 2238 | * Results: | 
|---|
| 2239 | *      Returns a standard Tcl result.  If an error occurred, | 
|---|
| 2240 | *      TCL_ERROR is returned and an error message is left in | 
|---|
| 2241 | *      interp->result. | 
|---|
| 2242 | * | 
|---|
| 2243 | * Side Effects: | 
|---|
| 2244 | *      Memory is allocated, a new table is possibly created, etc. | 
|---|
| 2245 | *      The table is re-computed and arranged at the next idle point. | 
|---|
| 2246 | * | 
|---|
| 2247 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 2248 | */ | 
|---|
| 2249 | static int | 
|---|
| 2250 | BuildTable(tablePtr, interp, argc, argv) | 
|---|
| 2251 | Table *tablePtr;            /* Table to manage new widgets */ | 
|---|
| 2252 | Tcl_Interp *interp;         /* Interpreter to report errors back to */ | 
|---|
| 2253 | int argc;                   /*  */ | 
|---|
| 2254 | char **argv;                /* List of widgets, indices, and options */ | 
|---|
| 2255 | { | 
|---|
| 2256 | Tk_Window tkwin; | 
|---|
| 2257 | int row, column; | 
|---|
| 2258 | int nextRow, nextColumn; | 
|---|
| 2259 | register int i; | 
|---|
| 2260 |  | 
|---|
| 2261 | /* Process any options specific to the table */ | 
|---|
| 2262 | for (i = 2; i < argc; i += 2) { | 
|---|
| 2263 | if (argv[i][0] != '-') { | 
|---|
| 2264 | break; | 
|---|
| 2265 | } | 
|---|
| 2266 | } | 
|---|
| 2267 | if (i > argc) { | 
|---|
| 2268 | i = argc; | 
|---|
| 2269 | } | 
|---|
| 2270 | if (i > 2) { | 
|---|
| 2271 | if (ConfigureTable(tablePtr, interp, i - 2, argv + 2) != TCL_OK) { | 
|---|
| 2272 | return TCL_ERROR; | 
|---|
| 2273 | } | 
|---|
| 2274 | } | 
|---|
| 2275 | nextRow = tablePtr->nRows; | 
|---|
| 2276 | nextColumn = 0; | 
|---|
| 2277 | argc -= i, argv += i; | 
|---|
| 2278 | while (argc > 0) { | 
|---|
| 2279 | /* | 
|---|
| 2280 | * Allow the name of the widget and row/column index to be | 
|---|
| 2281 | * specified in any order. | 
|---|
| 2282 | */ | 
|---|
| 2283 | if (argv[0][0] == '.') { | 
|---|
| 2284 | tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, argv[0], tablePtr->tkwin); | 
|---|
| 2285 | if (tkwin == NULL) { | 
|---|
| 2286 | return TCL_ERROR; | 
|---|
| 2287 | } | 
|---|
| 2288 | if ((argc == 1) || (argv[1][0] == '-')) { | 
|---|
| 2289 | /* No row,column index, use defaults instead */ | 
|---|
| 2290 | row = nextRow, column = nextColumn; | 
|---|
| 2291 | argc--, argv++; | 
|---|
| 2292 | } else { | 
|---|
| 2293 | if (ParseIndex(interp, argv[1], &row, &column) != TCL_OK) { | 
|---|
| 2294 | return TCL_ERROR;   /* Invalid row,column index */ | 
|---|
| 2295 | } | 
|---|
| 2296 | /* Skip over the widget pathname and table index. */ | 
|---|
| 2297 | argc -= 2, argv += 2; | 
|---|
| 2298 | } | 
|---|
| 2299 | } else { | 
|---|
| 2300 | if (ParseIndex(interp, argv[0], &row, &column) != TCL_OK) { | 
|---|
| 2301 | return TCL_ERROR; | 
|---|
| 2302 | } | 
|---|
| 2303 | if (argc == 1) { | 
|---|
| 2304 | Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "missing widget pathname after \"", | 
|---|
| 2305 | argv[0], "\"", (char *)NULL); | 
|---|
| 2306 | return TCL_ERROR; | 
|---|
| 2307 | } | 
|---|
| 2308 | tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, argv[1], tablePtr->tkwin); | 
|---|
| 2309 | if (tkwin == NULL) { | 
|---|
| 2310 | return TCL_ERROR; | 
|---|
| 2311 | } | 
|---|
| 2312 | /* Skip over the widget pathname and table index. */ | 
|---|
| 2313 | argc -= 2, argv += 2; | 
|---|
| 2314 | } | 
|---|
| 2315 |  | 
|---|
| 2316 | /* Find the end of the widget's option-value pairs */ | 
|---|
| 2317 | for (i = 0; i < argc; i += 2) { | 
|---|
| 2318 | if (argv[i][0] != '-') { | 
|---|
| 2319 | break; | 
|---|
| 2320 | } | 
|---|
| 2321 | } | 
|---|
| 2322 | if (i > argc) { | 
|---|
| 2323 | i = argc; | 
|---|
| 2324 | } | 
|---|
| 2325 | if (ManageEntry(interp, tablePtr, tkwin, row, | 
|---|
| 2326 | column, i, argv) != TCL_OK) { | 
|---|
| 2327 | return TCL_ERROR; | 
|---|
| 2328 | } | 
|---|
| 2329 | nextColumn = column + 1; | 
|---|
| 2330 | argc -= i, argv += i; | 
|---|
| 2331 | } | 
|---|
| 2332 | /* Arrange for the new table layout to be calculated. */ | 
|---|
| 2333 | tablePtr->flags |= REQUEST_LAYOUT; | 
|---|
| 2334 | EventuallyArrangeTable(tablePtr); | 
|---|
| 2335 |  | 
|---|
| 2336 | Tcl_SetResult(interp, Tk_PathName(tablePtr->tkwin), TCL_VOLATILE); | 
|---|
| 2337 | return TCL_OK; | 
|---|
| 2338 | } | 
|---|
| 2339 |  | 
|---|
| 2340 | /* | 
|---|
| 2341 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 2342 | * | 
|---|
| 2343 | * ParseItem -- | 
|---|
| 2344 | * | 
|---|
| 2345 | *      Parses a string representing an item in the table.  An item | 
|---|
| 2346 | *      may be one of the following: | 
|---|
| 2347 | *              Rn      - Row index, where n is the index of row | 
|---|
| 2348 | *              Cn      - Column index, where n is the index of column | 
|---|
| 2349 | *              r,c     - Cell index, where r is the row index and c | 
|---|
| 2350 | *                        is the column index. | 
|---|
| 2351 | * | 
|---|
| 2352 | * Results: | 
|---|
| 2353 | *      Returns a standard Tcl result.  If no error occurred, TCL_OK | 
|---|
| 2354 | *      is returned.  *RowPtr* will return the row index.  *ColumnPtr* | 
|---|
| 2355 | *      will return the column index.  If the row or column index is | 
|---|
| 2356 | *      not applicable, -1 is returned via *rowPtr* or *columnPtr*. | 
|---|
| 2357 | * | 
|---|
| 2358 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 2359 | */ | 
|---|
| 2360 | static int | 
|---|
| 2361 | ParseItem(tablePtr, string, rowPtr, columnPtr) | 
|---|
| 2362 | Table *tablePtr; | 
|---|
| 2363 | char *string; | 
|---|
| 2364 | int *rowPtr, *columnPtr; | 
|---|
| 2365 | { | 
|---|
| 2366 | char c; | 
|---|
| 2367 | long partNum; | 
|---|
| 2368 |  | 
|---|
| 2369 | c = tolower(string[0]); | 
|---|
| 2370 | *rowPtr = *columnPtr = -1; | 
|---|
| 2371 | if (c == 'r') { | 
|---|
| 2372 | if (Tcl_ExprLong(tablePtr->interp, string + 1, &partNum) != TCL_OK) { | 
|---|
| 2373 | return TCL_ERROR; | 
|---|
| 2374 | } | 
|---|
| 2375 | if ((partNum < 0) || (partNum >= tablePtr->nRows)) { | 
|---|
| 2376 | Tcl_AppendResult(tablePtr->interp, "row index \"", string, | 
|---|
| 2377 | "\" is out of range", (char *)NULL); | 
|---|
| 2378 | return TCL_ERROR; | 
|---|
| 2379 | } | 
|---|
| 2380 | *rowPtr = (int)partNum; | 
|---|
| 2381 | } else if (c == 'c') { | 
|---|
| 2382 | if (Tcl_ExprLong(tablePtr->interp, string + 1, &partNum) != TCL_OK) { | 
|---|
| 2383 | return TCL_ERROR; | 
|---|
| 2384 | } | 
|---|
| 2385 | if ((partNum < 0) || (partNum >= tablePtr->nColumns)) { | 
|---|
| 2386 | Tcl_AppendResult(tablePtr->interp, "column index \"", string, | 
|---|
| 2387 | "\" is out of range", (char *)NULL); | 
|---|
| 2388 | return TCL_ERROR; | 
|---|
| 2389 | } | 
|---|
| 2390 | *columnPtr = (int)partNum; | 
|---|
| 2391 | } else { | 
|---|
| 2392 | if (ParseIndex(tablePtr->interp, string, | 
|---|
| 2393 | rowPtr, columnPtr) != TCL_OK) { | 
|---|
| 2394 | return TCL_ERROR;   /* Invalid row,column index */ | 
|---|
| 2395 | } | 
|---|
| 2396 | if ((*rowPtr < 0) || (*rowPtr >= tablePtr->nRows) || | 
|---|
| 2397 | (*columnPtr < 0) || (*columnPtr >= tablePtr->nColumns)) { | 
|---|
| 2398 | Tcl_AppendResult(tablePtr->interp, "index \"", string, | 
|---|
| 2399 | "\" is out of range", (char *)NULL); | 
|---|
| 2400 | return TCL_ERROR; | 
|---|
| 2401 | } | 
|---|
| 2402 | } | 
|---|
| 2403 | return TCL_OK; | 
|---|
| 2404 | } | 
|---|
| 2405 |  | 
|---|
| 2406 | /* | 
|---|
| 2407 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 2408 | * | 
|---|
| 2409 | * TranslateAnchor -- | 
|---|
| 2410 | * | 
|---|
| 2411 | *      Translate the coordinates of a given bounding box based upon | 
|---|
| 2412 | *      the anchor specified.  The anchor indicates where the given xy | 
|---|
| 2413 | *      position is in relation to the bounding box. | 
|---|
| 2414 | * | 
|---|
| 2415 | *              nw --- n --- ne | 
|---|
| 2416 | *              |            |     x,y ---+ | 
|---|
| 2417 | *              w   center   e      |     | | 
|---|
| 2418 | *              |            |      +-----+ | 
|---|
| 2419 | *              sw --- s --- se | 
|---|
| 2420 | * | 
|---|
| 2421 | * Results: | 
|---|
| 2422 | *      The translated coordinates of the bounding box are returned. | 
|---|
| 2423 | * | 
|---|
| 2424 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 2425 | */ | 
|---|
| 2426 | static void | 
|---|
| 2427 | TranslateAnchor(dx, dy, anchor, xPtr, yPtr) | 
|---|
| 2428 | int dx, dy;                 /* Difference between outer and inner regions | 
|---|
| 2429 | */ | 
|---|
| 2430 | Tk_Anchor anchor;           /* Direction of the anchor */ | 
|---|
| 2431 | int *xPtr, *yPtr; | 
|---|
| 2432 | { | 
|---|
| 2433 | int x, y; | 
|---|
| 2434 |  | 
|---|
| 2435 | x = y = 0; | 
|---|
| 2436 | switch (anchor) { | 
|---|
| 2437 | case TK_ANCHOR_NW:          /* Upper left corner */ | 
|---|
| 2438 | break; | 
|---|
| 2439 | case TK_ANCHOR_W:           /* Left center */ | 
|---|
| 2440 | y = (dy / 2); | 
|---|
| 2441 | break; | 
|---|
| 2442 | case TK_ANCHOR_SW:          /* Lower left corner */ | 
|---|
| 2443 | y = dy; | 
|---|
| 2444 | break; | 
|---|
| 2445 | case TK_ANCHOR_N:           /* Top center */ | 
|---|
| 2446 | x = (dx / 2); | 
|---|
| 2447 | break; | 
|---|
| 2448 | case TK_ANCHOR_CENTER:      /* Centered */ | 
|---|
| 2449 | x = (dx / 2); | 
|---|
| 2450 | y = (dy / 2); | 
|---|
| 2451 | break; | 
|---|
| 2452 | case TK_ANCHOR_S:           /* Bottom center */ | 
|---|
| 2453 | x = (dx / 2); | 
|---|
| 2454 | y = dy; | 
|---|
| 2455 | break; | 
|---|
| 2456 | case TK_ANCHOR_NE:          /* Upper right corner */ | 
|---|
| 2457 | x = dx; | 
|---|
| 2458 | break; | 
|---|
| 2459 | case TK_ANCHOR_E:           /* Right center */ | 
|---|
| 2460 | x = dx; | 
|---|
| 2461 | y = (dy / 2); | 
|---|
| 2462 | break; | 
|---|
| 2463 | case TK_ANCHOR_SE:          /* Lower right corner */ | 
|---|
| 2464 | x = dx; | 
|---|
| 2465 | y = dy; | 
|---|
| 2466 | break; | 
|---|
| 2467 | } | 
|---|
| 2468 | *xPtr = (*xPtr) + x; | 
|---|
| 2469 | *yPtr = (*yPtr) + y; | 
|---|
| 2470 | } | 
|---|
| 2471 |  | 
|---|
| 2472 | /* | 
|---|
| 2473 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 2474 | * | 
|---|
| 2475 | * GetReqWidth -- | 
|---|
| 2476 | * | 
|---|
| 2477 | *      Returns the width requested by the widget starting in the | 
|---|
| 2478 | *      given entry.  The requested space also includes any internal | 
|---|
| 2479 | *      padding which has been designated for this widget. | 
|---|
| 2480 | * | 
|---|
| 2481 | *      The requested width of the widget is always bounded by the limits | 
|---|
| 2482 | *      set in entryPtr->reqWidth. | 
|---|
| 2483 | * | 
|---|
| 2484 | * Results: | 
|---|
| 2485 | *      Returns the requested width of the widget. | 
|---|
| 2486 | * | 
|---|
| 2487 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 2488 | */ | 
|---|
| 2489 | static int | 
|---|
| 2490 | GetReqWidth(entryPtr) | 
|---|
| 2491 | Entry *entryPtr; | 
|---|
| 2492 | { | 
|---|
| 2493 | int width; | 
|---|
| 2494 |  | 
|---|
| 2495 | width = Tk_ReqWidth(entryPtr->tkwin) + (2 * entryPtr->ipadX); | 
|---|
| 2496 | width = GetBoundedWidth(width, &(entryPtr->reqWidth)); | 
|---|
| 2497 | return width; | 
|---|
| 2498 | } | 
|---|
| 2499 |  | 
|---|
| 2500 | /* | 
|---|
| 2501 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 2502 | * | 
|---|
| 2503 | * GetReqHeight -- | 
|---|
| 2504 | * | 
|---|
| 2505 | *      Returns the height requested by the widget starting in the | 
|---|
| 2506 | *      given entry.  The requested space also includes any internal | 
|---|
| 2507 | *      padding which has been designated for this widget. | 
|---|
| 2508 | * | 
|---|
| 2509 | *      The requested height of the widget is always bounded by the | 
|---|
| 2510 | *      limits set in entryPtr->reqHeight. | 
|---|
| 2511 | * | 
|---|
| 2512 | * Results: | 
|---|
| 2513 | *      Returns the requested height of the widget. | 
|---|
| 2514 | * | 
|---|
| 2515 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 2516 | */ | 
|---|
| 2517 | static int | 
|---|
| 2518 | GetReqHeight(entryPtr) | 
|---|
| 2519 | Entry *entryPtr; | 
|---|
| 2520 | { | 
|---|
| 2521 | int height; | 
|---|
| 2522 |  | 
|---|
| 2523 | height = Tk_ReqHeight(entryPtr->tkwin) + (2 * entryPtr->ipadY); | 
|---|
| 2524 | height = GetBoundedHeight(height, &(entryPtr->reqHeight)); | 
|---|
| 2525 | return height; | 
|---|
| 2526 | } | 
|---|
| 2527 |  | 
|---|
| 2528 | /* | 
|---|
| 2529 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 2530 | * | 
|---|
| 2531 | * GetTotalSpan -- | 
|---|
| 2532 | * | 
|---|
| 2533 | *      Sums the row/column space requirements for the entire table. | 
|---|
| 2534 | * | 
|---|
| 2535 | * Results: | 
|---|
| 2536 | *      Returns the space currently used in the span of partitions. | 
|---|
| 2537 | * | 
|---|
| 2538 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 2539 | */ | 
|---|
| 2540 | static int | 
|---|
| 2541 | GetTotalSpan(infoPtr) | 
|---|
| 2542 | PartitionInfo *infoPtr; | 
|---|
| 2543 | { | 
|---|
| 2544 | register int spaceUsed; | 
|---|
| 2545 | Blt_ChainLink *linkPtr; | 
|---|
| 2546 | RowColumn *rcPtr;           /* Start of partitions */ | 
|---|
| 2547 |  | 
|---|
| 2548 | spaceUsed = 0; | 
|---|
| 2549 | for (linkPtr = Blt_ChainFirstLink(infoPtr->chainPtr); linkPtr != NULL; | 
|---|
| 2550 | linkPtr = Blt_ChainNextLink(linkPtr)) { | 
|---|
| 2551 | rcPtr = Blt_ChainGetValue(linkPtr); | 
|---|
| 2552 | spaceUsed += rcPtr->size; | 
|---|
| 2553 | } | 
|---|
| 2554 | return spaceUsed; | 
|---|
| 2555 | } | 
|---|
| 2556 |  | 
|---|
| 2557 | /* | 
|---|
| 2558 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 2559 | * | 
|---|
| 2560 | * GetSpan -- | 
|---|
| 2561 | * | 
|---|
| 2562 | *      Determines the space used by rows/columns for an entry. | 
|---|
| 2563 | * | 
|---|
| 2564 | * Results: | 
|---|
| 2565 | *      Returns the space currently used in the span of partitions. | 
|---|
| 2566 | * | 
|---|
| 2567 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 2568 | */ | 
|---|
| 2569 | static int | 
|---|
| 2570 | GetSpan(infoPtr, entryPtr) | 
|---|
| 2571 | PartitionInfo *infoPtr; | 
|---|
| 2572 | Entry *entryPtr; | 
|---|
| 2573 | { | 
|---|
| 2574 | RowColumn *startPtr; | 
|---|
| 2575 | register int spaceUsed; | 
|---|
| 2576 | int count; | 
|---|
| 2577 | Blt_ChainLink *linkPtr; | 
|---|
| 2578 | RowColumn *rcPtr;           /* Start of partitions */ | 
|---|
| 2579 | int span;                   /* Number of partitions spanned */ | 
|---|
| 2580 |  | 
|---|
| 2581 | if (infoPtr->type == rowUid) { | 
|---|
| 2582 | rcPtr = entryPtr->row.rcPtr; | 
|---|
| 2583 | span = entryPtr->row.span; | 
|---|
| 2584 | } else { | 
|---|
| 2585 | rcPtr = entryPtr->column.rcPtr; | 
|---|
| 2586 | span = entryPtr->column.span; | 
|---|
| 2587 | } | 
|---|
| 2588 |  | 
|---|
| 2589 | count = spaceUsed = 0; | 
|---|
| 2590 | linkPtr = rcPtr->linkPtr; | 
|---|
| 2591 | startPtr = Blt_ChainGetValue(linkPtr); | 
|---|
| 2592 | for ( /*empty*/ ; (linkPtr != NULL) && (count < span); | 
|---|
| 2593 | linkPtr = Blt_ChainNextLink(linkPtr)) { | 
|---|
| 2594 | rcPtr = Blt_ChainGetValue(linkPtr); | 
|---|
| 2595 | spaceUsed += rcPtr->size; | 
|---|
| 2596 | count++; | 
|---|
| 2597 | } | 
|---|
| 2598 | /* | 
|---|
| 2599 | * Subtract off the padding on either side of the span, since the | 
|---|
| 2600 | * widget can't grow into it. | 
|---|
| 2601 | */ | 
|---|
| 2602 | spaceUsed -= (startPtr->pad.side1 + rcPtr->pad.side2 + infoPtr->ePad); | 
|---|
| 2603 | return spaceUsed; | 
|---|
| 2604 | } | 
|---|
| 2605 |  | 
|---|
| 2606 | /* | 
|---|
| 2607 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 2608 | * | 
|---|
| 2609 | * GrowSpan -- | 
|---|
| 2610 | * | 
|---|
| 2611 | *      Expand the span by the amount of the extra space needed.  This | 
|---|
| 2612 | *      procedure is used in LayoutPartitions to grow the partitions | 
|---|
| 2613 | *      to their minimum nominal size, starting from a zero width and | 
|---|
| 2614 | *      height space. | 
|---|
| 2615 | * | 
|---|
| 2616 | *      This looks more complicated than it really is.  The idea is to | 
|---|
| 2617 | *      make the size of the partitions correspond to the smallest | 
|---|
| 2618 | *      entry spans.  For example, if widget A is in column 1 and | 
|---|
| 2619 | *      widget B spans both columns 0 and 1, any extra space needed to | 
|---|
| 2620 | *      fit widget B should come from column 0. | 
|---|
| 2621 | * | 
|---|
| 2622 | *      On the first pass we try to add space to partitions which have | 
|---|
| 2623 | *      not been touched yet (i.e. have no nominal size).  Since the | 
|---|
| 2624 | *      row and column lists are sorted in ascending order of the | 
|---|
| 2625 | *      number of rows or columns spanned, the space is distributed | 
|---|
| 2626 | *      amongst the smallest spans first. | 
|---|
| 2627 | * | 
|---|
| 2628 | *      The second pass handles the case of widgets which have the | 
|---|
| 2629 | *      same span.  For example, if A and B, which span the same | 
|---|
| 2630 | *      number of partitions are the only widgets to span column 1, | 
|---|
| 2631 | *      column 1 would grow to contain the bigger of the two slices of | 
|---|
| 2632 | *      space. | 
|---|
| 2633 | * | 
|---|
| 2634 | *      If there is still extra space after the first two passes, this | 
|---|
| 2635 | *      means that there were no partitions of with no widget spans or | 
|---|
| 2636 | *      the same order span that could be expanded. The third pass | 
|---|
| 2637 | *      will try to remedy this by parcelling out the left over space | 
|---|
| 2638 | *      evenly among the rest of the partitions. | 
|---|
| 2639 | * | 
|---|
| 2640 | *      On each pass, we have to keep iterating over the span, evenly | 
|---|
| 2641 | *      doling out slices of extra space, because we may hit partition | 
|---|
| 2642 | *      limits as space is donated.  In addition, if there are left | 
|---|
| 2643 | *      over pixels because of round-off, this will distribute them as | 
|---|
| 2644 | *      evenly as possible.  For the worst case, it will take *span* | 
|---|
| 2645 | *      passes to expand the span. | 
|---|
| 2646 | * | 
|---|
| 2647 | * Results: | 
|---|
| 2648 | *      None. | 
|---|
| 2649 | * | 
|---|
| 2650 | * Side Effects: | 
|---|
| 2651 | *      The partitions in the span may be expanded. | 
|---|
| 2652 | * | 
|---|
| 2653 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 2654 | */ | 
|---|
| 2655 | static void | 
|---|
| 2656 | GrowSpan(infoPtr, entryPtr, growth) | 
|---|
| 2657 | PartitionInfo *infoPtr; | 
|---|
| 2658 | Entry *entryPtr; | 
|---|
| 2659 | int growth;                 /* The amount of extra space needed to | 
|---|
| 2660 | * grow the span. */ | 
|---|
| 2661 | { | 
|---|
| 2662 | register RowColumn *rcPtr; | 
|---|
| 2663 | Blt_ChainLink *linkPtr; | 
|---|
| 2664 | int spaceLeft, ration; | 
|---|
| 2665 | int nOpen;                  /* # of partitions with space available */ | 
|---|
| 2666 | register int n; | 
|---|
| 2667 | RowColumn *startPtr;        /* Starting (column/row) partition  */ | 
|---|
| 2668 | int span;                   /* Number of partitions in the span */ | 
|---|
| 2669 |  | 
|---|
| 2670 | if (infoPtr->type == rowUid) { | 
|---|
| 2671 | startPtr = entryPtr->row.rcPtr; | 
|---|
| 2672 | span = entryPtr->row.span; | 
|---|
| 2673 | } else { | 
|---|
| 2674 | startPtr = entryPtr->column.rcPtr; | 
|---|
| 2675 | span = entryPtr->column.span; | 
|---|
| 2676 | } | 
|---|
| 2677 |  | 
|---|
| 2678 | /* | 
|---|
| 2679 | * ------------------------------------------------------------------------ | 
|---|
| 2680 | * | 
|---|
| 2681 | * Pass 1: First add space to rows/columns that haven't determined | 
|---|
| 2682 | *         their nominal sizes yet. | 
|---|
| 2683 | * | 
|---|
| 2684 | * ------------------------------------------------------------------------ | 
|---|
| 2685 | */ | 
|---|
| 2686 |  | 
|---|
| 2687 | nOpen = 0; | 
|---|
| 2688 | /* Find out how many partitions have no size yet */ | 
|---|
| 2689 | linkPtr = startPtr->linkPtr; | 
|---|
| 2690 | for (n = 0; n < span; n++) { | 
|---|
| 2691 | rcPtr = Blt_ChainGetValue(linkPtr); | 
|---|
| 2692 | if ((rcPtr->nomSize == LIMITS_NOM) && (rcPtr->maxSize > rcPtr->size)) { | 
|---|
| 2693 | nOpen++; | 
|---|
| 2694 | } | 
|---|
| 2695 | linkPtr = Blt_ChainNextLink(linkPtr); | 
|---|
| 2696 | } | 
|---|
| 2697 |  | 
|---|
| 2698 | while ((nOpen > 0) && (growth > 0)) { | 
|---|
| 2699 | ration = growth / nOpen; | 
|---|
| 2700 | if (ration == 0) { | 
|---|
| 2701 | ration = 1; | 
|---|
| 2702 | } | 
|---|
| 2703 | linkPtr = startPtr->linkPtr; | 
|---|
| 2704 | for (n = 0; (n < span) && (growth > 0); n++) { | 
|---|
| 2705 | rcPtr = Blt_ChainGetValue(linkPtr); | 
|---|
| 2706 | spaceLeft = rcPtr->maxSize - rcPtr->size; | 
|---|
| 2707 | if ((rcPtr->nomSize == LIMITS_NOM) && (spaceLeft > 0)) { | 
|---|
| 2708 | if (ration < spaceLeft) { | 
|---|
| 2709 | growth -= ration; | 
|---|
| 2710 | rcPtr->size += ration; | 
|---|
| 2711 | } else { | 
|---|
| 2712 | growth -= spaceLeft; | 
|---|
| 2713 | rcPtr->size += spaceLeft; | 
|---|
| 2714 | nOpen--; | 
|---|
| 2715 | } | 
|---|
| 2716 | rcPtr->minSpan = span; | 
|---|
| 2717 | rcPtr->control = entryPtr; | 
|---|
| 2718 | } | 
|---|
| 2719 | linkPtr = Blt_ChainNextLink(linkPtr); | 
|---|
| 2720 | } | 
|---|
| 2721 | } | 
|---|
| 2722 |  | 
|---|
| 2723 | /* | 
|---|
| 2724 | * ------------------------------------------------------------------------ | 
|---|
| 2725 | * | 
|---|
| 2726 | * Pass 2: Add space to partitions which have the same minimum span | 
|---|
| 2727 | * | 
|---|
| 2728 | * ------------------------------------------------------------------------ | 
|---|
| 2729 | */ | 
|---|
| 2730 |  | 
|---|
| 2731 | nOpen = 0; | 
|---|
| 2732 | linkPtr = startPtr->linkPtr; | 
|---|
| 2733 | for (n = 0; n < span; n++) { | 
|---|
| 2734 | rcPtr = Blt_ChainGetValue(linkPtr); | 
|---|
| 2735 | if ((rcPtr->minSpan == span) && (rcPtr->maxSize > rcPtr->size)) { | 
|---|
| 2736 | nOpen++; | 
|---|
| 2737 | } | 
|---|
| 2738 | linkPtr = Blt_ChainNextLink(linkPtr); | 
|---|
| 2739 | } | 
|---|
| 2740 | while ((nOpen > 0) && (growth > 0)) { | 
|---|
| 2741 | ration = growth / nOpen; | 
|---|
| 2742 | if (ration == 0) { | 
|---|
| 2743 | ration = 1; | 
|---|
| 2744 | } | 
|---|
| 2745 | linkPtr = startPtr->linkPtr; | 
|---|
| 2746 | for (n = 0; (n < span) && (growth > 0); n++) { | 
|---|
| 2747 | rcPtr = Blt_ChainGetValue(linkPtr); | 
|---|
| 2748 | spaceLeft = rcPtr->maxSize - rcPtr->size; | 
|---|
| 2749 | if ((rcPtr->minSpan == span) && (spaceLeft > 0)) { | 
|---|
| 2750 | if (ration < spaceLeft) { | 
|---|
| 2751 | growth -= ration; | 
|---|
| 2752 | rcPtr->size += ration; | 
|---|
| 2753 | } else { | 
|---|
| 2754 | growth -= spaceLeft; | 
|---|
| 2755 | rcPtr->size += spaceLeft; | 
|---|
| 2756 | nOpen--; | 
|---|
| 2757 | } | 
|---|
| 2758 | rcPtr->control = entryPtr; | 
|---|
| 2759 | } | 
|---|
| 2760 | linkPtr = Blt_ChainNextLink(linkPtr); | 
|---|
| 2761 | } | 
|---|
| 2762 | } | 
|---|
| 2763 |  | 
|---|
| 2764 | /* | 
|---|
| 2765 | * ------------------------------------------------------------------------ | 
|---|
| 2766 | * | 
|---|
| 2767 | * Pass 3: Try to expand all the partitions with space still available | 
|---|
| 2768 | * | 
|---|
| 2769 | * ------------------------------------------------------------------------ | 
|---|
| 2770 | */ | 
|---|
| 2771 |  | 
|---|
| 2772 | /* Find out how many partitions still have space available */ | 
|---|
| 2773 | nOpen = 0; | 
|---|
| 2774 | linkPtr = startPtr->linkPtr; | 
|---|
| 2775 | for (n = 0; n < span; n++) { | 
|---|
| 2776 | rcPtr = Blt_ChainGetValue(linkPtr); | 
|---|
| 2777 | if ((rcPtr->resize & RESIZE_EXPAND) && (rcPtr->maxSize > rcPtr->size)) { | 
|---|
| 2778 | nOpen++; | 
|---|
| 2779 | } | 
|---|
| 2780 | /* Set the nominal size of the row/column. */ | 
|---|
| 2781 | rcPtr->nomSize = rcPtr->size; | 
|---|
| 2782 | linkPtr = Blt_ChainNextLink(linkPtr); | 
|---|
| 2783 | } | 
|---|
| 2784 | while ((nOpen > 0) && (growth > 0)) { | 
|---|
| 2785 | ration = growth / nOpen; | 
|---|
| 2786 | if (ration == 0) { | 
|---|
| 2787 | ration = 1; | 
|---|
| 2788 | } | 
|---|
| 2789 | linkPtr = startPtr->linkPtr; | 
|---|
| 2790 | for (n = 0; (n < span) && (growth > 0); n++) { | 
|---|
| 2791 | rcPtr = Blt_ChainGetValue(linkPtr); | 
|---|
| 2792 | linkPtr = Blt_ChainNextLink(linkPtr); | 
|---|
| 2793 | if (!(rcPtr->resize & RESIZE_EXPAND)) { | 
|---|
| 2794 | continue; | 
|---|
| 2795 | } | 
|---|
| 2796 | spaceLeft = rcPtr->maxSize - rcPtr->size; | 
|---|
| 2797 | if (spaceLeft > 0) { | 
|---|
| 2798 | if (ration < spaceLeft) { | 
|---|
| 2799 | growth -= ration; | 
|---|
| 2800 | rcPtr->size += ration; | 
|---|
| 2801 | } else { | 
|---|
| 2802 | growth -= spaceLeft; | 
|---|
| 2803 | rcPtr->size += spaceLeft; | 
|---|
| 2804 | nOpen--; | 
|---|
| 2805 | } | 
|---|
| 2806 | rcPtr->nomSize = rcPtr->size; | 
|---|
| 2807 | rcPtr->control = entryPtr; | 
|---|
| 2808 | } | 
|---|
| 2809 | } | 
|---|
| 2810 | } | 
|---|
| 2811 | } | 
|---|
| 2812 |  | 
|---|
| 2813 | /* | 
|---|
| 2814 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 2815 | * | 
|---|
| 2816 | * AdjustPartitions -- | 
|---|
| 2817 | * | 
|---|
| 2818 | *      Adjust the span by the amount of the extra space needed.  If | 
|---|
| 2819 | *      the amount (adjustSpace) is negative, shrink the span, | 
|---|
| 2820 | *      otherwise expand it.  Size constraints on the partitions may | 
|---|
| 2821 | *      prevent any or all of the spacing adjustments. | 
|---|
| 2822 | * | 
|---|
| 2823 | *      This is very much like the GrowSpan procedure, but in this | 
|---|
| 2824 | *      case we are shrinking or expanding all the (row or column) | 
|---|
| 2825 | *      partitions. It uses a two pass approach, first giving space to | 
|---|
| 2826 | *      partitions which not are smaller/larger than their nominal | 
|---|
| 2827 | *      sizes. This is because constraints on the partitions may cause | 
|---|
| 2828 | *      resizing to be non-linear. | 
|---|
| 2829 | * | 
|---|
| 2830 | *      If there is still extra space, this means that all partitions | 
|---|
| 2831 | *      are at least to their nominal sizes.  The second pass will try | 
|---|
| 2832 | *      to add/remove the left over space evenly among all the | 
|---|
| 2833 | *      partitions which still have space available. | 
|---|
| 2834 | * | 
|---|
| 2835 | * Results: | 
|---|
| 2836 | *      None. | 
|---|
| 2837 | * | 
|---|
| 2838 | * Side Effects: | 
|---|
| 2839 | *      The size of the partitions in the span may be increased or | 
|---|
| 2840 | *      decreased. | 
|---|
| 2841 | * | 
|---|
| 2842 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 2843 | */ | 
|---|
| 2844 | static void | 
|---|
| 2845 | AdjustPartitions(infoPtr, adjustment) | 
|---|
| 2846 | PartitionInfo *infoPtr;     /* Array of (column/row) partitions  */ | 
|---|
| 2847 | int adjustment;             /* The amount of extra space to grow or shrink | 
|---|
| 2848 | * the span. If negative, it represents the | 
|---|
| 2849 | * amount of space to remove */ | 
|---|
| 2850 | { | 
|---|
| 2851 | register RowColumn *rcPtr; | 
|---|
| 2852 | int ration;                 /* Amount of space to ration to each | 
|---|
| 2853 | * row/column. */ | 
|---|
| 2854 | int delta;                  /* Amount of space needed */ | 
|---|
| 2855 | int spaceLeft;              /* Amount of space still available */ | 
|---|
| 2856 | int size;                   /* Amount of space requested for a particular | 
|---|
| 2857 | * row/column. */ | 
|---|
| 2858 | int nOpen;                  /* Number of rows/columns that still can | 
|---|
| 2859 | * be adjusted. */ | 
|---|
| 2860 | Blt_Chain *chainPtr; | 
|---|
| 2861 | Blt_ChainLink *linkPtr; | 
|---|
| 2862 | double totalWeight; | 
|---|
| 2863 |  | 
|---|
| 2864 | chainPtr = infoPtr->chainPtr; | 
|---|
| 2865 |  | 
|---|
| 2866 | /* | 
|---|
| 2867 | * ------------------------------------------------------------------------ | 
|---|
| 2868 | * | 
|---|
| 2869 | * Pass 1: First adjust the size of rows/columns that still haven't | 
|---|
| 2870 | *        reached their nominal size. | 
|---|
| 2871 | * | 
|---|
| 2872 | * ------------------------------------------------------------------------ | 
|---|
| 2873 | */ | 
|---|
| 2874 | delta = adjustment; | 
|---|
| 2875 |  | 
|---|
| 2876 | nOpen = 0; | 
|---|
| 2877 | totalWeight = 0.0; | 
|---|
| 2878 | for (linkPtr = Blt_ChainFirstLink(chainPtr); linkPtr != NULL; | 
|---|
| 2879 | linkPtr = Blt_ChainNextLink(linkPtr)) { | 
|---|
| 2880 | rcPtr = Blt_ChainGetValue(linkPtr); | 
|---|
| 2881 | if (rcPtr->weight > 0.0) { | 
|---|
| 2882 | if (delta < 0) { | 
|---|
| 2883 | spaceLeft = rcPtr->size - rcPtr->nomSize; | 
|---|
| 2884 | } else { | 
|---|
| 2885 | spaceLeft = rcPtr->nomSize - rcPtr->size; | 
|---|
| 2886 | } | 
|---|
| 2887 | if (spaceLeft > 0) { | 
|---|
| 2888 | nOpen++; | 
|---|
| 2889 | totalWeight += rcPtr->weight; | 
|---|
| 2890 | } | 
|---|
| 2891 | } | 
|---|
| 2892 | } | 
|---|
| 2893 |  | 
|---|
| 2894 | while ((nOpen > 0) && (totalWeight > 0.0) && (delta != 0)) { | 
|---|
| 2895 | ration = (int)(delta / totalWeight); | 
|---|
| 2896 | if (ration == 0) { | 
|---|
| 2897 | ration = (delta > 0) ? 1 : -1; | 
|---|
| 2898 | } | 
|---|
| 2899 | for (linkPtr = Blt_ChainFirstLink(chainPtr); | 
|---|
| 2900 | (linkPtr != NULL) && (delta != 0); | 
|---|
| 2901 | linkPtr = Blt_ChainNextLink(linkPtr)) { | 
|---|
| 2902 | rcPtr = Blt_ChainGetValue(linkPtr); | 
|---|
| 2903 | if (rcPtr->weight > 0.0) { | 
|---|
| 2904 | spaceLeft = rcPtr->nomSize - rcPtr->size; | 
|---|
| 2905 | if (((delta > 0) && (spaceLeft > 0)) || | 
|---|
| 2906 | ((delta < 0) && (spaceLeft < 0))) { | 
|---|
| 2907 | size = (int)(ration * rcPtr->weight); | 
|---|
| 2908 | if (size > delta) { | 
|---|
| 2909 | size = delta; | 
|---|
| 2910 | } | 
|---|
| 2911 | if (ABS(size) < ABS(spaceLeft)) { | 
|---|
| 2912 | delta -= size; | 
|---|
| 2913 | rcPtr->size += size; | 
|---|
| 2914 | } else { | 
|---|
| 2915 | delta -= spaceLeft; | 
|---|
| 2916 | rcPtr->size += spaceLeft; | 
|---|
| 2917 | nOpen--; | 
|---|
| 2918 | totalWeight -= rcPtr->weight; | 
|---|
| 2919 | } | 
|---|
| 2920 | } | 
|---|
| 2921 | } | 
|---|
| 2922 | } | 
|---|
| 2923 | } | 
|---|
| 2924 | /* | 
|---|
| 2925 | * ------------------------------------------------------------------------ | 
|---|
| 2926 | * | 
|---|
| 2927 | * Pass 2: Adjust the partitions with space still available | 
|---|
| 2928 | * | 
|---|
| 2929 | * ------------------------------------------------------------------------ | 
|---|
| 2930 | */ | 
|---|
| 2931 |  | 
|---|
| 2932 | nOpen = 0; | 
|---|
| 2933 | totalWeight = 0.0; | 
|---|
| 2934 | for (linkPtr = Blt_ChainFirstLink(chainPtr); linkPtr != NULL; | 
|---|
| 2935 | linkPtr = Blt_ChainNextLink(linkPtr)) { | 
|---|
| 2936 | rcPtr = Blt_ChainGetValue(linkPtr); | 
|---|
| 2937 | if (rcPtr->weight > 0.0) { | 
|---|
| 2938 | if (delta > 0) { | 
|---|
| 2939 | spaceLeft = rcPtr->maxSize - rcPtr->size; | 
|---|
| 2940 | } else { | 
|---|
| 2941 | spaceLeft = rcPtr->size - rcPtr->minSize; | 
|---|
| 2942 | } | 
|---|
| 2943 | if (spaceLeft > 0) { | 
|---|
| 2944 | nOpen++; | 
|---|
| 2945 | totalWeight += rcPtr->weight; | 
|---|
| 2946 | } | 
|---|
| 2947 | } | 
|---|
| 2948 | } | 
|---|
| 2949 | while ((nOpen > 0) && (totalWeight > 0.0) && (delta != 0)) { | 
|---|
| 2950 | ration = (int)(delta / totalWeight); | 
|---|
| 2951 | if (ration == 0) { | 
|---|
| 2952 | ration = (delta > 0) ? 1 : -1; | 
|---|
| 2953 | } | 
|---|
| 2954 | linkPtr = Blt_ChainFirstLink(chainPtr); | 
|---|
| 2955 | for ( /*empty*/ ; (linkPtr != NULL) && (delta != 0); | 
|---|
| 2956 | linkPtr = Blt_ChainNextLink(linkPtr)) { | 
|---|
| 2957 | rcPtr = Blt_ChainGetValue(linkPtr); | 
|---|
| 2958 | if (rcPtr->weight > 0.0) { | 
|---|
| 2959 | if (delta > 0) { | 
|---|
| 2960 | spaceLeft = rcPtr->maxSize - rcPtr->size; | 
|---|
| 2961 | } else { | 
|---|
| 2962 | spaceLeft = rcPtr->minSize - rcPtr->size; | 
|---|
| 2963 | } | 
|---|
| 2964 | if (((delta > 0) && (spaceLeft > 0)) || | 
|---|
| 2965 | ((delta < 0) && (spaceLeft < 0))) { | 
|---|
| 2966 | size = (int)(ration * rcPtr->weight); | 
|---|
| 2967 | if (size > delta) { | 
|---|
| 2968 | size = delta; | 
|---|
| 2969 | } | 
|---|
| 2970 | if (ABS(size) < ABS(spaceLeft)) { | 
|---|
| 2971 | delta -= size; | 
|---|
| 2972 | rcPtr->size += size; | 
|---|
| 2973 | } else { | 
|---|
| 2974 | delta -= spaceLeft; | 
|---|
| 2975 | rcPtr->size += spaceLeft; | 
|---|
| 2976 | nOpen--; | 
|---|
| 2977 | totalWeight -= rcPtr->weight; | 
|---|
| 2978 | } | 
|---|
| 2979 | } | 
|---|
| 2980 | } | 
|---|
| 2981 | } | 
|---|
| 2982 | } | 
|---|
| 2983 | } | 
|---|
| 2984 |  | 
|---|
| 2985 | /* | 
|---|
| 2986 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 2987 | * | 
|---|
| 2988 | * ResetPartitions -- | 
|---|
| 2989 | * | 
|---|
| 2990 | *      Sets/resets the size of each row and column partition to the | 
|---|
| 2991 | *      minimum limit of the partition (this is usually zero). This | 
|---|
| 2992 | *      routine gets called when new widgets are added, deleted, or | 
|---|
| 2993 | *      resized. | 
|---|
| 2994 | * | 
|---|
| 2995 | * Results: | 
|---|
| 2996 | *      None. | 
|---|
| 2997 | * | 
|---|
| 2998 | * Side Effects: | 
|---|
| 2999 | *      The size of each partition is re-initialized to its minimum | 
|---|
| 3000 | *      size. | 
|---|
| 3001 | * | 
|---|
| 3002 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 3003 | */ | 
|---|
| 3004 | static void | 
|---|
| 3005 | ResetPartitions(tablePtr, infoPtr, limitsProc) | 
|---|
| 3006 | Table *tablePtr; | 
|---|
| 3007 | PartitionInfo *infoPtr; | 
|---|
| 3008 | LimitsProc *limitsProc; | 
|---|
| 3009 | { | 
|---|
| 3010 | register RowColumn *rcPtr; | 
|---|
| 3011 | register Blt_ChainLink *linkPtr; | 
|---|
| 3012 | int pad, size; | 
|---|
| 3013 |  | 
|---|
| 3014 | for (linkPtr = Blt_ChainFirstLink(infoPtr->chainPtr); linkPtr != NULL; | 
|---|
| 3015 | linkPtr = Blt_ChainNextLink(linkPtr)) { | 
|---|
| 3016 | rcPtr = Blt_ChainGetValue(linkPtr); | 
|---|
| 3017 |  | 
|---|
| 3018 | /* | 
|---|
| 3019 | * The constraint procedure below also has the desired | 
|---|
| 3020 | * side-effect of setting the minimum, maximum, and nominal | 
|---|
| 3021 | * values to the requested size of its associated widget (if | 
|---|
| 3022 | * one exists). | 
|---|
| 3023 | */ | 
|---|
| 3024 | size = (*limitsProc) (0, &(rcPtr->reqSize)); | 
|---|
| 3025 |  | 
|---|
| 3026 | pad = PADDING(rcPtr->pad) + infoPtr->ePad; | 
|---|
| 3027 | if (rcPtr->reqSize.flags & LIMITS_SET_NOM) { | 
|---|
| 3028 |  | 
|---|
| 3029 | /* | 
|---|
| 3030 | * This could be done more cleanly.  We want to ensure | 
|---|
| 3031 | * that the requested nominal size is not overridden when | 
|---|
| 3032 | * determining the normal sizes.  So temporarily fix min | 
|---|
| 3033 | * and max to the nominal size and reset them back later. | 
|---|
| 3034 | */ | 
|---|
| 3035 | rcPtr->minSize = rcPtr->maxSize = rcPtr->size = | 
|---|
| 3036 | rcPtr->nomSize = size + pad; | 
|---|
| 3037 |  | 
|---|
| 3038 | } else { | 
|---|
| 3039 | /* The range defaults to 0..MAXINT */ | 
|---|
| 3040 | rcPtr->minSize = rcPtr->reqSize.min + pad; | 
|---|
| 3041 | rcPtr->maxSize = rcPtr->reqSize.max + pad; | 
|---|
| 3042 | rcPtr->nomSize = LIMITS_NOM; | 
|---|
| 3043 | rcPtr->size = pad; | 
|---|
| 3044 | } | 
|---|
| 3045 | rcPtr->minSpan = 0; | 
|---|
| 3046 | rcPtr->control = NULL; | 
|---|
| 3047 | rcPtr->count = 0; | 
|---|
| 3048 | } | 
|---|
| 3049 | } | 
|---|
| 3050 |  | 
|---|
| 3051 | /* | 
|---|
| 3052 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 3053 | * | 
|---|
| 3054 | * SetNominalSizes | 
|---|
| 3055 | * | 
|---|
| 3056 | *      Sets the normal sizes for each partition.  The partition size | 
|---|
| 3057 | *      is the requested widget size plus an amount of padding.  In | 
|---|
| 3058 | *      addition, adjust the min/max bounds of the partition depending | 
|---|
| 3059 | *      upon the resize flags (whether the partition can be expanded | 
|---|
| 3060 | *      or shrunk from its normal size). | 
|---|
| 3061 | * | 
|---|
| 3062 | * Results: | 
|---|
| 3063 | *      Returns the total space needed for the all the partitions. | 
|---|
| 3064 | * | 
|---|
| 3065 | * Side Effects: | 
|---|
| 3066 | *      The nominal size of each partition is set.  This is later used | 
|---|
| 3067 | *      to determine how to shrink or grow the table if the container | 
|---|
| 3068 | *      can't be resized to accommodate the exact size requirements | 
|---|
| 3069 | *      of all the partitions. | 
|---|
| 3070 | * | 
|---|
| 3071 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 3072 | */ | 
|---|
| 3073 | static int | 
|---|
| 3074 | SetNominalSizes(tablePtr, infoPtr) | 
|---|
| 3075 | Table *tablePtr; | 
|---|
| 3076 | PartitionInfo *infoPtr; | 
|---|
| 3077 | { | 
|---|
| 3078 | register RowColumn *rcPtr; | 
|---|
| 3079 | Blt_ChainLink *linkPtr; | 
|---|
| 3080 | int pad, size, total; | 
|---|
| 3081 |  | 
|---|
| 3082 | total = 0; | 
|---|
| 3083 | for (linkPtr = Blt_ChainFirstLink(infoPtr->chainPtr); linkPtr != NULL; | 
|---|
| 3084 | linkPtr = Blt_ChainNextLink(linkPtr)) { | 
|---|
| 3085 | rcPtr = Blt_ChainGetValue(linkPtr); | 
|---|
| 3086 | pad = PADDING(rcPtr->pad) + infoPtr->ePad; | 
|---|
| 3087 |  | 
|---|
| 3088 | /* | 
|---|
| 3089 | * Restore the real bounds after temporarily setting nominal | 
|---|
| 3090 | * size.  These values may have been set in ResetPartitions to | 
|---|
| 3091 | * restrict the size of the paritition to the requested range. | 
|---|
| 3092 | */ | 
|---|
| 3093 |  | 
|---|
| 3094 | rcPtr->minSize = rcPtr->reqSize.min + pad; | 
|---|
| 3095 | rcPtr->maxSize = rcPtr->reqSize.max + pad; | 
|---|
| 3096 |  | 
|---|
| 3097 | size = rcPtr->size; | 
|---|
| 3098 | if (size > rcPtr->maxSize) { | 
|---|
| 3099 | size = rcPtr->maxSize; | 
|---|
| 3100 | } else if (size < rcPtr->minSize) { | 
|---|
| 3101 | size = rcPtr->minSize; | 
|---|
| 3102 | } | 
|---|
| 3103 | if ((infoPtr->ePad > 0) && (size < tablePtr->editPtr->minSize)) { | 
|---|
| 3104 | size = tablePtr->editPtr->minSize; | 
|---|
| 3105 | } | 
|---|
| 3106 | rcPtr->nomSize = rcPtr->size = size; | 
|---|
| 3107 |  | 
|---|
| 3108 | /* | 
|---|
| 3109 | * If a partition can't be resized (to either expand or | 
|---|
| 3110 | * shrink), hold its respective limit at its normal size. | 
|---|
| 3111 | */ | 
|---|
| 3112 | if (!(rcPtr->resize & RESIZE_EXPAND)) { | 
|---|
| 3113 | rcPtr->maxSize = rcPtr->nomSize; | 
|---|
| 3114 | } | 
|---|
| 3115 | if (!(rcPtr->resize & RESIZE_SHRINK)) { | 
|---|
| 3116 | rcPtr->minSize = rcPtr->nomSize; | 
|---|
| 3117 | } | 
|---|
| 3118 | if (rcPtr->control == NULL) { | 
|---|
| 3119 | /* If a row/column contains no entries, then its size | 
|---|
| 3120 | * should be locked. */ | 
|---|
| 3121 | if (rcPtr->resize & RESIZE_VIRGIN) { | 
|---|
| 3122 | rcPtr->maxSize = rcPtr->minSize = size; | 
|---|
| 3123 | } else { | 
|---|
| 3124 | if (!(rcPtr->resize & RESIZE_EXPAND)) { | 
|---|
| 3125 | rcPtr->maxSize = size; | 
|---|
| 3126 | } | 
|---|
| 3127 | if (!(rcPtr->resize & RESIZE_SHRINK)) { | 
|---|
| 3128 | rcPtr->minSize = size; | 
|---|
| 3129 | } | 
|---|
| 3130 | } | 
|---|
| 3131 | rcPtr->nomSize = size; | 
|---|
| 3132 | } | 
|---|
| 3133 | total += rcPtr->nomSize; | 
|---|
| 3134 | } | 
|---|
| 3135 | return total; | 
|---|
| 3136 | } | 
|---|
| 3137 |  | 
|---|
| 3138 | /* | 
|---|
| 3139 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 3140 | * | 
|---|
| 3141 | * LockPartitions | 
|---|
| 3142 | * | 
|---|
| 3143 | *      Sets the maximum size of a row or column, if the partition | 
|---|
| 3144 | *      has a widget that controls it. | 
|---|
| 3145 | * | 
|---|
| 3146 | * Results: | 
|---|
| 3147 | *      None. | 
|---|
| 3148 | * | 
|---|
| 3149 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 3150 | */ | 
|---|
| 3151 | static void | 
|---|
| 3152 | LockPartitions(infoPtr) | 
|---|
| 3153 | PartitionInfo *infoPtr; | 
|---|
| 3154 | { | 
|---|
| 3155 | register RowColumn *rcPtr; | 
|---|
| 3156 | Blt_ChainLink *linkPtr; | 
|---|
| 3157 |  | 
|---|
| 3158 | for (linkPtr = Blt_ChainFirstLink(infoPtr->chainPtr); linkPtr != NULL; | 
|---|
| 3159 | linkPtr = Blt_ChainNextLink(linkPtr)) { | 
|---|
| 3160 | rcPtr = Blt_ChainGetValue(linkPtr); | 
|---|
| 3161 | if (rcPtr->control != NULL) { | 
|---|
| 3162 | /* Partition is controlled by this widget */ | 
|---|
| 3163 | rcPtr->maxSize = rcPtr->size; | 
|---|
| 3164 | } | 
|---|
| 3165 | } | 
|---|
| 3166 | } | 
|---|
| 3167 |  | 
|---|
| 3168 | /* | 
|---|
| 3169 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 3170 | * | 
|---|
| 3171 | * LayoutPartitions -- | 
|---|
| 3172 | * | 
|---|
| 3173 | *      Calculates the normal space requirements for both the row and | 
|---|
| 3174 | *      column partitions.  Each widget is added in order of the | 
|---|
| 3175 | *      number of rows or columns spanned, which defines the space | 
|---|
| 3176 | *      needed among in the partitions spanned. | 
|---|
| 3177 | * | 
|---|
| 3178 | * Results: | 
|---|
| 3179 | *      None. | 
|---|
| 3180 | * | 
|---|
| 3181 | * Side Effects: | 
|---|
| 3182 | * | 
|---|
| 3183 | *      The sum of normal sizes set here will be used as the normal size | 
|---|
| 3184 | *      for the container widget. | 
|---|
| 3185 | * | 
|---|
| 3186 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 3187 | */ | 
|---|
| 3188 | static void | 
|---|
| 3189 | LayoutPartitions(tablePtr) | 
|---|
| 3190 | Table *tablePtr; | 
|---|
| 3191 | { | 
|---|
| 3192 | register Blt_ListNode node; | 
|---|
| 3193 | Blt_Chain *chainPtr; | 
|---|
| 3194 | Blt_ChainLink *linkPtr; | 
|---|
| 3195 | register Entry *entryPtr; | 
|---|
| 3196 | int needed, used, total; | 
|---|
| 3197 | PartitionInfo *infoPtr; | 
|---|
| 3198 |  | 
|---|
| 3199 | infoPtr = &(tablePtr->columnInfo); | 
|---|
| 3200 |  | 
|---|
| 3201 | ResetPartitions(tablePtr, infoPtr, GetBoundedWidth); | 
|---|
| 3202 |  | 
|---|
| 3203 | for (node = Blt_ListFirstNode(infoPtr->list); node != NULL; | 
|---|
| 3204 | node = Blt_ListNextNode(node)) { | 
|---|
| 3205 | chainPtr = (Blt_Chain *) Blt_ListGetValue(node); | 
|---|
| 3206 |  | 
|---|
| 3207 | for (linkPtr = Blt_ChainFirstLink(chainPtr); linkPtr != NULL; | 
|---|
| 3208 | linkPtr = Blt_ChainNextLink(linkPtr)) { | 
|---|
| 3209 | entryPtr = Blt_ChainGetValue(linkPtr); | 
|---|
| 3210 | if (entryPtr->column.control != CONTROL_FULL) { | 
|---|
| 3211 | continue; | 
|---|
| 3212 | } | 
|---|
| 3213 | needed = GetReqWidth(entryPtr) + PADDING(entryPtr->padX) + | 
|---|
| 3214 | 2 * (entryPtr->borderWidth + tablePtr->eEntryPad); | 
|---|
| 3215 | if (needed <= 0) { | 
|---|
| 3216 | continue; | 
|---|
| 3217 | } | 
|---|
| 3218 | used = GetSpan(infoPtr, entryPtr); | 
|---|
| 3219 | if (needed > used) { | 
|---|
| 3220 | GrowSpan(infoPtr, entryPtr, needed - used); | 
|---|
| 3221 | } | 
|---|
| 3222 | } | 
|---|
| 3223 | } | 
|---|
| 3224 |  | 
|---|
| 3225 | LockPartitions(infoPtr); | 
|---|
| 3226 |  | 
|---|
| 3227 | for (node = Blt_ListFirstNode(infoPtr->list); node != NULL; | 
|---|
| 3228 | node = Blt_ListNextNode(node)) { | 
|---|
| 3229 | chainPtr = (Blt_Chain *) Blt_ListGetValue(node); | 
|---|
| 3230 |  | 
|---|
| 3231 | for (linkPtr = Blt_ChainFirstLink(chainPtr); linkPtr != NULL; | 
|---|
| 3232 | linkPtr = Blt_ChainNextLink(linkPtr)) { | 
|---|
| 3233 | entryPtr = Blt_ChainGetValue(linkPtr); | 
|---|
| 3234 |  | 
|---|
| 3235 | needed = GetReqWidth(entryPtr) + PADDING(entryPtr->padX) + | 
|---|
| 3236 | 2 * (entryPtr->borderWidth + tablePtr->eEntryPad); | 
|---|
| 3237 |  | 
|---|
| 3238 | if (entryPtr->column.control >= 0.0) { | 
|---|
| 3239 | needed = (int)(needed * entryPtr->column.control); | 
|---|
| 3240 | } | 
|---|
| 3241 | if (needed <= 0) { | 
|---|
| 3242 | continue; | 
|---|
| 3243 | } | 
|---|
| 3244 | used = GetSpan(infoPtr, entryPtr); | 
|---|
| 3245 | if (needed > used) { | 
|---|
| 3246 | GrowSpan(infoPtr, entryPtr, needed - used); | 
|---|
| 3247 | } | 
|---|
| 3248 | } | 
|---|
| 3249 | } | 
|---|
| 3250 | total = SetNominalSizes(tablePtr, infoPtr); | 
|---|
| 3251 | tablePtr->normal.width = GetBoundedWidth(total, &(tablePtr->reqWidth)) + | 
|---|
| 3252 | PADDING(tablePtr->padX) + | 
|---|
| 3253 | 2 * (tablePtr->eTablePad + Tk_InternalBorderWidth(tablePtr->tkwin)); | 
|---|
| 3254 |  | 
|---|
| 3255 | infoPtr = &(tablePtr->rowInfo); | 
|---|
| 3256 |  | 
|---|
| 3257 | ResetPartitions(tablePtr, infoPtr, GetBoundedHeight); | 
|---|
| 3258 |  | 
|---|
| 3259 | for (node = Blt_ListFirstNode(infoPtr->list); node != NULL; | 
|---|
| 3260 | node = Blt_ListNextNode(node)) { | 
|---|
| 3261 | chainPtr = (Blt_Chain *) Blt_ListGetValue(node); | 
|---|
| 3262 |  | 
|---|
| 3263 | for (linkPtr = Blt_ChainFirstLink(chainPtr); linkPtr != NULL; | 
|---|
| 3264 | linkPtr = Blt_ChainNextLink(linkPtr)) { | 
|---|
| 3265 | entryPtr = Blt_ChainGetValue(linkPtr); | 
|---|
| 3266 | if (entryPtr->row.control != CONTROL_FULL) { | 
|---|
| 3267 | continue; | 
|---|
| 3268 | } | 
|---|
| 3269 | needed = GetReqHeight(entryPtr) + PADDING(entryPtr->padY) + | 
|---|
| 3270 | 2 * (entryPtr->borderWidth + tablePtr->eEntryPad); | 
|---|
| 3271 | if (needed <= 0) { | 
|---|
| 3272 | continue; | 
|---|
| 3273 | } | 
|---|
| 3274 | used = GetSpan(infoPtr, entryPtr); | 
|---|
| 3275 | if (needed > used) { | 
|---|
| 3276 | GrowSpan(infoPtr, entryPtr, needed - used); | 
|---|
| 3277 | } | 
|---|
| 3278 | } | 
|---|
| 3279 | } | 
|---|
| 3280 |  | 
|---|
| 3281 | LockPartitions(&(tablePtr->rowInfo)); | 
|---|
| 3282 |  | 
|---|
| 3283 | for (node = Blt_ListFirstNode(infoPtr->list); node != NULL; | 
|---|
| 3284 | node = Blt_ListNextNode(node)) { | 
|---|
| 3285 | chainPtr = Blt_ChainGetValue(node); | 
|---|
| 3286 |  | 
|---|
| 3287 | for (linkPtr = Blt_ChainFirstLink(chainPtr); linkPtr != NULL; | 
|---|
| 3288 | linkPtr = Blt_ChainNextLink(linkPtr)) { | 
|---|
| 3289 | entryPtr = Blt_ChainGetValue(linkPtr); | 
|---|
| 3290 | needed = GetReqHeight(entryPtr) + PADDING(entryPtr->padY) + | 
|---|
| 3291 | 2 * (entryPtr->borderWidth + tablePtr->eEntryPad); | 
|---|
| 3292 | if (entryPtr->row.control >= 0.0) { | 
|---|
| 3293 | needed = (int)(needed * entryPtr->row.control); | 
|---|
| 3294 | } | 
|---|
| 3295 | if (needed <= 0) { | 
|---|
| 3296 | continue; | 
|---|
| 3297 | } | 
|---|
| 3298 | used = GetSpan(infoPtr, entryPtr); | 
|---|
| 3299 | if (needed > used) { | 
|---|
| 3300 | GrowSpan(infoPtr, entryPtr, needed - used); | 
|---|
| 3301 | } | 
|---|
| 3302 | } | 
|---|
| 3303 | } | 
|---|
| 3304 | total = SetNominalSizes(tablePtr, infoPtr); | 
|---|
| 3305 | tablePtr->normal.height = GetBoundedHeight(total, &(tablePtr->reqHeight)) + | 
|---|
| 3306 | PADDING(tablePtr->padY) + | 
|---|
| 3307 | 2 * (tablePtr->eTablePad + Tk_InternalBorderWidth(tablePtr->tkwin)); | 
|---|
| 3308 | } | 
|---|
| 3309 |  | 
|---|
| 3310 | /* | 
|---|
| 3311 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 3312 | * | 
|---|
| 3313 | * ArrangeEntries | 
|---|
| 3314 | * | 
|---|
| 3315 | *      Places each widget at its proper location.  First determines | 
|---|
| 3316 | *      the size and position of the each widget.  It then considers the | 
|---|
| 3317 | *      following: | 
|---|
| 3318 | * | 
|---|
| 3319 | *        1. translation of widget position its parent widget. | 
|---|
| 3320 | *        2. fill style | 
|---|
| 3321 | *        3. anchor | 
|---|
| 3322 | *        4. external and internal padding | 
|---|
| 3323 | *        5. widget size must be greater than zero | 
|---|
| 3324 | * | 
|---|
| 3325 | * Results: | 
|---|
| 3326 | *      None. | 
|---|
| 3327 | * | 
|---|
| 3328 | * Side Effects: | 
|---|
| 3329 | *      The size of each partition is re-initialized its minimum size. | 
|---|
| 3330 | * | 
|---|
| 3331 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 3332 | */ | 
|---|
| 3333 | static void | 
|---|
| 3334 | ArrangeEntries(tablePtr) | 
|---|
| 3335 | Table *tablePtr;            /* Table widget structure */ | 
|---|
| 3336 | { | 
|---|
| 3337 | register Blt_ChainLink *linkPtr; | 
|---|
| 3338 | register Entry *entryPtr; | 
|---|
| 3339 | register int spanWidth, spanHeight; | 
|---|
| 3340 | int x, y; | 
|---|
| 3341 | int winWidth, winHeight; | 
|---|
| 3342 | int dx, dy; | 
|---|
| 3343 | int maxX, maxY; | 
|---|
| 3344 | int extra; | 
|---|
| 3345 |  | 
|---|
| 3346 | maxX = tablePtr->container.width - | 
|---|
| 3347 | (Tk_InternalBorderWidth(tablePtr->tkwin) + tablePtr->padRight + | 
|---|
| 3348 | tablePtr->eTablePad); | 
|---|
| 3349 | maxY = tablePtr->container.height - | 
|---|
| 3350 | (Tk_InternalBorderWidth(tablePtr->tkwin) + tablePtr->padBottom + | 
|---|
| 3351 | tablePtr->eTablePad); | 
|---|
| 3352 |  | 
|---|
| 3353 | for (linkPtr = Blt_ChainFirstLink(tablePtr->chainPtr); linkPtr != NULL; | 
|---|
| 3354 | linkPtr = Blt_ChainNextLink(linkPtr)) { | 
|---|
| 3355 | entryPtr = Blt_ChainGetValue(linkPtr); | 
|---|
| 3356 |  | 
|---|
| 3357 | x = entryPtr->column.rcPtr->offset + | 
|---|
| 3358 | entryPtr->column.rcPtr->pad.side1 + | 
|---|
| 3359 | entryPtr->padLeft + | 
|---|
| 3360 | Tk_Changes(entryPtr->tkwin)->border_width + | 
|---|
| 3361 | tablePtr->eEntryPad; | 
|---|
| 3362 | y = entryPtr->row.rcPtr->offset + | 
|---|
| 3363 | entryPtr->row.rcPtr->pad.side1 + | 
|---|
| 3364 | entryPtr->padTop + | 
|---|
| 3365 | Tk_Changes(entryPtr->tkwin)->border_width + | 
|---|
| 3366 | tablePtr->eEntryPad; | 
|---|
| 3367 |  | 
|---|
| 3368 | /* | 
|---|
| 3369 | * Unmap any widgets that start beyond of the right edge of | 
|---|
| 3370 | * the container. | 
|---|
| 3371 | */ | 
|---|
| 3372 | if ((x >= maxX) || (y >= maxY)) { | 
|---|
| 3373 | if (Tk_IsMapped(entryPtr->tkwin)) { | 
|---|
| 3374 | if (Tk_Parent(entryPtr->tkwin) != tablePtr->tkwin) { | 
|---|
| 3375 | Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(entryPtr->tkwin, tablePtr->tkwin); | 
|---|
| 3376 | } | 
|---|
| 3377 | Tk_UnmapWindow(entryPtr->tkwin); | 
|---|
| 3378 | } | 
|---|
| 3379 | continue; | 
|---|
| 3380 | } | 
|---|
| 3381 | extra = 2 * (entryPtr->borderWidth + tablePtr->eEntryPad); | 
|---|
| 3382 | spanWidth = GetSpan(&(tablePtr->columnInfo), entryPtr) - | 
|---|
| 3383 | (extra + PADDING(entryPtr->padX)); | 
|---|
| 3384 | spanHeight = GetSpan(&(tablePtr->rowInfo), entryPtr) - | 
|---|
| 3385 | (extra + PADDING(entryPtr->padY)); | 
|---|
| 3386 |  | 
|---|
| 3387 | winWidth = GetReqWidth(entryPtr); | 
|---|
| 3388 | winHeight = GetReqHeight(entryPtr); | 
|---|
| 3389 |  | 
|---|
| 3390 | /* | 
|---|
| 3391 | * | 
|---|
| 3392 | * Compare the widget's requested size to the size of the span. | 
|---|
| 3393 | * | 
|---|
| 3394 | * 1) If the widget is larger than the span or if the fill flag | 
|---|
| 3395 | *    is set, make the widget the size of the span. Check that the | 
|---|
| 3396 | *    new size is within the bounds set for the widget. | 
|---|
| 3397 | * | 
|---|
| 3398 | * 2) Otherwise, position the widget in the space according to its | 
|---|
| 3399 | *    anchor. | 
|---|
| 3400 | * | 
|---|
| 3401 | */ | 
|---|
| 3402 | if ((spanWidth <= winWidth) || (entryPtr->fill & FILL_X)) { | 
|---|
| 3403 | winWidth = spanWidth; | 
|---|
| 3404 | if (winWidth > entryPtr->reqWidth.max) { | 
|---|
| 3405 | winWidth = entryPtr->reqWidth.max; | 
|---|
| 3406 | } | 
|---|
| 3407 | } | 
|---|
| 3408 | if ((spanHeight <= winHeight) || (entryPtr->fill & FILL_Y)) { | 
|---|
| 3409 | winHeight = spanHeight; | 
|---|
| 3410 | if (winHeight > entryPtr->reqHeight.max) { | 
|---|
| 3411 | winHeight = entryPtr->reqHeight.max; | 
|---|
| 3412 | } | 
|---|
| 3413 | } | 
|---|
| 3414 | dx = dy = 0; | 
|---|
| 3415 | if (spanWidth > winWidth) { | 
|---|
| 3416 | dx = (spanWidth - winWidth); | 
|---|
| 3417 | } | 
|---|
| 3418 | if (spanHeight > winHeight) { | 
|---|
| 3419 | dy = (spanHeight - winHeight); | 
|---|
| 3420 | } | 
|---|
| 3421 | if ((dx > 0) || (dy > 0)) { | 
|---|
| 3422 | TranslateAnchor(dx, dy, entryPtr->anchor, &x, &y); | 
|---|
| 3423 | } | 
|---|
| 3424 | /* | 
|---|
| 3425 | * Clip the widget at the bottom and/or right edge of the | 
|---|
| 3426 | * container. | 
|---|
| 3427 | */ | 
|---|
| 3428 | if (winWidth > (maxX - x)) { | 
|---|
| 3429 | winWidth = (maxX - x); | 
|---|
| 3430 | } | 
|---|
| 3431 | if (winHeight > (maxY - y)) { | 
|---|
| 3432 | winHeight = (maxY - y); | 
|---|
| 3433 | } | 
|---|
| 3434 |  | 
|---|
| 3435 | /* | 
|---|
| 3436 | * If the widget is too small (i.e. it has only an external | 
|---|
| 3437 | * border) then unmap it. | 
|---|
| 3438 | */ | 
|---|
| 3439 | if ((winWidth < 1) || (winHeight < 1)) { | 
|---|
| 3440 | if (Tk_IsMapped(entryPtr->tkwin)) { | 
|---|
| 3441 | if (tablePtr->tkwin != Tk_Parent(entryPtr->tkwin)) { | 
|---|
| 3442 | Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(entryPtr->tkwin, tablePtr->tkwin); | 
|---|
| 3443 | } | 
|---|
| 3444 | Tk_UnmapWindow(entryPtr->tkwin); | 
|---|
| 3445 | } | 
|---|
| 3446 | continue; | 
|---|
| 3447 | } | 
|---|
| 3448 |  | 
|---|
| 3449 | /* | 
|---|
| 3450 | * Resize and/or move the widget as necessary. | 
|---|
| 3451 | */ | 
|---|
| 3452 | entryPtr->x = x; | 
|---|
| 3453 | entryPtr->y = y; | 
|---|
| 3454 |  | 
|---|
| 3455 | if (tablePtr->tkwin != Tk_Parent(entryPtr->tkwin)) { | 
|---|
| 3456 | Tk_MaintainGeometry(entryPtr->tkwin, tablePtr->tkwin, x, y, | 
|---|
| 3457 | winWidth, winHeight); | 
|---|
| 3458 | } else { | 
|---|
| 3459 | if ((x != Tk_X(entryPtr->tkwin)) || | 
|---|
| 3460 | (y != Tk_Y(entryPtr->tkwin)) || | 
|---|
| 3461 | (winWidth != Tk_Width(entryPtr->tkwin)) || | 
|---|
| 3462 | (winHeight != Tk_Height(entryPtr->tkwin))) { | 
|---|
| 3463 | Tk_MoveResizeWindow(entryPtr->tkwin, x, y, winWidth, winHeight); | 
|---|
| 3464 | } | 
|---|
| 3465 | if (!Tk_IsMapped(entryPtr->tkwin)) { | 
|---|
| 3466 | Tk_MapWindow(entryPtr->tkwin); | 
|---|
| 3467 | } | 
|---|
| 3468 | } | 
|---|
| 3469 | } | 
|---|
| 3470 | } | 
|---|
| 3471 |  | 
|---|
| 3472 | /* | 
|---|
| 3473 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 3474 | * | 
|---|
| 3475 | * ArrangeTable -- | 
|---|
| 3476 | * | 
|---|
| 3477 | * | 
|---|
| 3478 | * Results: | 
|---|
| 3479 | *      None. | 
|---|
| 3480 | * | 
|---|
| 3481 | * Side Effects: | 
|---|
| 3482 | *      The widgets in the table are possibly resized and redrawn. | 
|---|
| 3483 | * | 
|---|
| 3484 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 3485 | */ | 
|---|
| 3486 | static void | 
|---|
| 3487 | ArrangeTable(clientData) | 
|---|
| 3488 | ClientData clientData; | 
|---|
| 3489 | { | 
|---|
| 3490 | Table *tablePtr = clientData; | 
|---|
| 3491 | int width, height; | 
|---|
| 3492 | int offset; | 
|---|
| 3493 | int padX, padY; | 
|---|
| 3494 | int outerPad; | 
|---|
| 3495 | RowColumn *columnPtr, *rowPtr; | 
|---|
| 3496 | Blt_ChainLink *linkPtr; | 
|---|
| 3497 |  | 
|---|
| 3498 | #ifdef notdef | 
|---|
| 3499 | fprintf(stderr, "ArrangeTable(%s)\n", Tk_PathName(tablePtr->tkwin)); | 
|---|
| 3500 | #endif | 
|---|
| 3501 | Tcl_Preserve(tablePtr); | 
|---|
| 3502 | tablePtr->flags &= ~ARRANGE_PENDING; | 
|---|
| 3503 |  | 
|---|
| 3504 | tablePtr->rowInfo.ePad = tablePtr->columnInfo.ePad = tablePtr->eTablePad = | 
|---|
| 3505 | tablePtr->eEntryPad = 0; | 
|---|
| 3506 | if (tablePtr->editPtr != NULL) { | 
|---|
| 3507 | tablePtr->rowInfo.ePad = tablePtr->columnInfo.ePad = | 
|---|
| 3508 | tablePtr->editPtr->gridLineWidth; | 
|---|
| 3509 | tablePtr->eTablePad = tablePtr->editPtr->gridLineWidth; | 
|---|
| 3510 | tablePtr->eEntryPad = tablePtr->editPtr->entryPad; | 
|---|
| 3511 | } | 
|---|
| 3512 | /* | 
|---|
| 3513 | * If the table has no children anymore, then don't do anything at | 
|---|
| 3514 | * all: just leave the container widget's size as-is. | 
|---|
| 3515 | */ | 
|---|
| 3516 | if ((Blt_ChainGetLength(tablePtr->chainPtr) == 0) || | 
|---|
| 3517 | (tablePtr->tkwin == NULL)) { | 
|---|
| 3518 | Tcl_Release(tablePtr); | 
|---|
| 3519 | return; | 
|---|
| 3520 | } | 
|---|
| 3521 | if (tablePtr->flags & REQUEST_LAYOUT) { | 
|---|
| 3522 | tablePtr->flags &= ~REQUEST_LAYOUT; | 
|---|
| 3523 | LayoutPartitions(tablePtr); | 
|---|
| 3524 | } | 
|---|
| 3525 | /* | 
|---|
| 3526 | * Initially, try to fit the partitions exactly into the container | 
|---|
| 3527 | * by resizing the container.  If the widget's requested size is | 
|---|
| 3528 | * different, send a request to the container widget's geometry | 
|---|
| 3529 | * manager to resize. | 
|---|
| 3530 | */ | 
|---|
| 3531 | if ((tablePtr->propagate) && | 
|---|
| 3532 | ((tablePtr->normal.width != Tk_ReqWidth(tablePtr->tkwin)) || | 
|---|
| 3533 | (tablePtr->normal.height != Tk_ReqHeight(tablePtr->tkwin)))) { | 
|---|
| 3534 | Tk_GeometryRequest(tablePtr->tkwin, tablePtr->normal.width, | 
|---|
| 3535 | tablePtr->normal.height); | 
|---|
| 3536 | EventuallyArrangeTable(tablePtr); | 
|---|
| 3537 | Tcl_Release(tablePtr); | 
|---|
| 3538 | return; | 
|---|
| 3539 | } | 
|---|
| 3540 | /* | 
|---|
| 3541 | * Save the width and height of the container so we know when its | 
|---|
| 3542 | * size has changed during ConfigureNotify events. | 
|---|
| 3543 | */ | 
|---|
| 3544 | tablePtr->container.width = Tk_Width(tablePtr->tkwin); | 
|---|
| 3545 | tablePtr->container.height = Tk_Height(tablePtr->tkwin); | 
|---|
| 3546 | outerPad = 2 * (Tk_InternalBorderWidth(tablePtr->tkwin) + | 
|---|
| 3547 | tablePtr->eTablePad); | 
|---|
| 3548 | padX = outerPad + tablePtr->columnInfo.ePad + PADDING(tablePtr->padX); | 
|---|
| 3549 | padY = outerPad + tablePtr->rowInfo.ePad + PADDING(tablePtr->padY); | 
|---|
| 3550 |  | 
|---|
| 3551 | width = GetTotalSpan(&(tablePtr->columnInfo)) + padX; | 
|---|
| 3552 | height = GetTotalSpan(&(tablePtr->rowInfo)) + padY; | 
|---|
| 3553 |  | 
|---|
| 3554 | /* | 
|---|
| 3555 | * If the previous geometry request was not fulfilled (i.e. the | 
|---|
| 3556 | * size of the container is different from partitions' space | 
|---|
| 3557 | * requirements), try to adjust size of the partitions to fit the | 
|---|
| 3558 | * widget. | 
|---|
| 3559 | */ | 
|---|
| 3560 | if (tablePtr->container.width != width) { | 
|---|
| 3561 | AdjustPartitions(&(tablePtr->columnInfo), | 
|---|
| 3562 | tablePtr->container.width - width); | 
|---|
| 3563 | width = GetTotalSpan(&(tablePtr->columnInfo)) + padX; | 
|---|
| 3564 | } | 
|---|
| 3565 | if (tablePtr->container.height != height) { | 
|---|
| 3566 | AdjustPartitions(&(tablePtr->rowInfo), | 
|---|
| 3567 | tablePtr->container.height - height); | 
|---|
| 3568 | height = GetTotalSpan(&(tablePtr->rowInfo)) + padY; | 
|---|
| 3569 | } | 
|---|
| 3570 | /* | 
|---|
| 3571 | * If after adjusting the size of the partitions the space | 
|---|
| 3572 | * required does not equal the size of the widget, do one of the | 
|---|
| 3573 | * following: | 
|---|
| 3574 | * | 
|---|
| 3575 | * 1) If it's smaller, center the table in the widget. | 
|---|
| 3576 | * 2) If it's bigger, clip the partitions that extend beyond | 
|---|
| 3577 | *    the edge of the container. | 
|---|
| 3578 | * | 
|---|
| 3579 | * Set the row and column offsets (including the container's | 
|---|
| 3580 | * internal border width). To be used later when positioning the | 
|---|
| 3581 | * widgets. | 
|---|
| 3582 | */ | 
|---|
| 3583 | offset = Tk_InternalBorderWidth(tablePtr->tkwin) + tablePtr->padLeft + | 
|---|
| 3584 | tablePtr->eTablePad; | 
|---|
| 3585 | if (width < tablePtr->container.width) { | 
|---|
| 3586 | offset += (tablePtr->container.width - width) / 2; | 
|---|
| 3587 | } | 
|---|
| 3588 | for (linkPtr = Blt_ChainFirstLink(tablePtr->columnInfo.chainPtr); | 
|---|
| 3589 | linkPtr != NULL; linkPtr = Blt_ChainNextLink(linkPtr)) { | 
|---|
| 3590 | columnPtr = Blt_ChainGetValue(linkPtr); | 
|---|
| 3591 | columnPtr->offset = offset + tablePtr->columnInfo.ePad; | 
|---|
| 3592 | offset += columnPtr->size; | 
|---|
| 3593 | } | 
|---|
| 3594 | offset = Tk_InternalBorderWidth(tablePtr->tkwin) + tablePtr->padTop + | 
|---|
| 3595 | tablePtr->eTablePad; | 
|---|
| 3596 | if (height < tablePtr->container.height) { | 
|---|
| 3597 | offset += (tablePtr->container.height - height) / 2; | 
|---|
| 3598 | } | 
|---|
| 3599 | for (linkPtr = Blt_ChainFirstLink(tablePtr->rowInfo.chainPtr); | 
|---|
| 3600 | linkPtr != NULL; linkPtr = Blt_ChainNextLink(linkPtr)) { | 
|---|
| 3601 | rowPtr = Blt_ChainGetValue(linkPtr); | 
|---|
| 3602 | rowPtr->offset = offset + tablePtr->rowInfo.ePad; | 
|---|
| 3603 | offset += rowPtr->size; | 
|---|
| 3604 | } | 
|---|
| 3605 | ArrangeEntries(tablePtr); | 
|---|
| 3606 | if (tablePtr->editPtr != NULL) { | 
|---|
| 3607 | /* Redraw the editor */ | 
|---|
| 3608 | (*tablePtr->editPtr->drawProc) (tablePtr->editPtr); | 
|---|
| 3609 | } | 
|---|
| 3610 | Tcl_Release(tablePtr); | 
|---|
| 3611 | } | 
|---|
| 3612 |  | 
|---|
| 3613 |  | 
|---|
| 3614 | /* | 
|---|
| 3615 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 3616 | * | 
|---|
| 3617 | * ArrangeOp -- | 
|---|
| 3618 | * | 
|---|
| 3619 | *      Forces layout of the table geometry manager.  This is useful | 
|---|
| 3620 | *      mostly for debugging the geometry manager.  You can get the | 
|---|
| 3621 | *      geometry manager to calculate the normal (requested) width and | 
|---|
| 3622 | *      height of each row and column.  Otherwise, you need to first | 
|---|
| 3623 | *      withdraw the container widget, invoke "update", and then query | 
|---|
| 3624 | *      the geometry manager. | 
|---|
| 3625 | * | 
|---|
| 3626 | * Results: | 
|---|
| 3627 | *      Returns a standard Tcl result.  If the table is successfully | 
|---|
| 3628 | *      rearranged, TCL_OK is returned. Otherwise, TCL_ERROR is returned | 
|---|
| 3629 | *      and an error message is left in interp->result. | 
|---|
| 3630 | * | 
|---|
| 3631 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 3632 | */ | 
|---|
| 3633 | /*ARGSUSED*/ | 
|---|
| 3634 | static int | 
|---|
| 3635 | ArrangeOp(dataPtr, interp, argc, argv) | 
|---|
| 3636 | TableInterpData *dataPtr;   /* Interpreter-specific data. */ | 
|---|
| 3637 | Tcl_Interp *interp;         /* Interpreter to report errors to */ | 
|---|
| 3638 | int argc; | 
|---|
| 3639 | char **argv;                /* Path name of container associated with | 
|---|
| 3640 | * the table */ | 
|---|
| 3641 | { | 
|---|
| 3642 | Table *tablePtr; | 
|---|
| 3643 |  | 
|---|
| 3644 | if (Blt_GetTable(dataPtr, interp, argv[2], &tablePtr) != TCL_OK) { | 
|---|
| 3645 | return TCL_ERROR; | 
|---|
| 3646 | } | 
|---|
| 3647 | tablePtr->flags |= REQUEST_LAYOUT; | 
|---|
| 3648 | ArrangeTable(tablePtr); | 
|---|
| 3649 | return TCL_OK; | 
|---|
| 3650 | } | 
|---|
| 3651 |  | 
|---|
| 3652 | /* | 
|---|
| 3653 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 3654 | * | 
|---|
| 3655 | * CgetOp -- | 
|---|
| 3656 | * | 
|---|
| 3657 | *      Returns the name, position and options of a widget in the table. | 
|---|
| 3658 | * | 
|---|
| 3659 | * Results: | 
|---|
| 3660 | *      Returns a standard Tcl result.  A list of the widget attributes | 
|---|
| 3661 | *      is left in interp->result. | 
|---|
| 3662 | * | 
|---|
| 3663 | * -------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 3664 | */ | 
|---|
| 3665 | /*ARGSUSED*/ | 
|---|
| 3666 | static int | 
|---|
| 3667 | CgetOp(dataPtr, interp, argc, argv) | 
|---|
| 3668 | TableInterpData *dataPtr;   /* Interpreter-specific data. */ | 
|---|
| 3669 | Tcl_Interp *interp; | 
|---|
| 3670 | int argc; | 
|---|
| 3671 | char **argv; | 
|---|
| 3672 | { | 
|---|
| 3673 | Table *tablePtr; | 
|---|
| 3674 | int length; | 
|---|
| 3675 | char c; | 
|---|
| 3676 | int n; | 
|---|
| 3677 | PartitionInfo *infoPtr; | 
|---|
| 3678 |  | 
|---|
| 3679 | if (Blt_GetTable(dataPtr, interp, argv[2], &tablePtr) != TCL_OK) { | 
|---|
| 3680 | return TCL_ERROR; | 
|---|
| 3681 | } | 
|---|
| 3682 | if (argc == 4) { | 
|---|
| 3683 | return Tk_ConfigureValue(interp, tablePtr->tkwin, tableConfigSpecs, | 
|---|
| 3684 | (char *)tablePtr, argv[3], 0); | 
|---|
| 3685 | } | 
|---|
| 3686 | c = argv[3][0]; | 
|---|
| 3687 | length = strlen(argv[3]); | 
|---|
| 3688 | if (c == '.') {             /* Configure widget */ | 
|---|
| 3689 | Entry *entryPtr; | 
|---|
| 3690 |  | 
|---|
| 3691 | if (GetEntry(interp, tablePtr, argv[3], &entryPtr) != TCL_OK) { | 
|---|
| 3692 | return TCL_ERROR; | 
|---|
| 3693 | } | 
|---|
| 3694 | return Tk_ConfigureValue(interp, entryPtr->tkwin, entryConfigSpecs, | 
|---|
| 3695 | (char *)entryPtr, argv[4], 0); | 
|---|
| 3696 | } else if ((c == 'c') && (strncmp(argv[3], "container", length) == 0)) { | 
|---|
| 3697 | return Tk_ConfigureValue(interp, tablePtr->tkwin, tableConfigSpecs, | 
|---|
| 3698 | (char *)tablePtr, argv[4], 0); | 
|---|
| 3699 | } | 
|---|
| 3700 | infoPtr = ParseRowColumn(tablePtr, argv[3], &n); | 
|---|
| 3701 | if (infoPtr == NULL) { | 
|---|
| 3702 | return TCL_ERROR; | 
|---|
| 3703 | } | 
|---|
| 3704 | return Tk_ConfigureValue(interp, tablePtr->tkwin, infoPtr->configSpecs, | 
|---|
| 3705 | (char *)GetRowColumn(infoPtr, n), argv[4], 0); | 
|---|
| 3706 | } | 
|---|
| 3707 |  | 
|---|
| 3708 | /* | 
|---|
| 3709 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 3710 | * | 
|---|
| 3711 | * ConfigureOp -- | 
|---|
| 3712 | * | 
|---|
| 3713 | *      Returns the name, position and options of a widget in the table. | 
|---|
| 3714 | * | 
|---|
| 3715 | * Results: | 
|---|
| 3716 | *      Returns a standard Tcl result.  A list of the table configuration | 
|---|
| 3717 | *      option information is left in interp->result. | 
|---|
| 3718 | * | 
|---|
| 3719 | * -------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 3720 | */ | 
|---|
| 3721 | /*ARGSUSED*/ | 
|---|
| 3722 | static int | 
|---|
| 3723 | ConfigureOp(dataPtr, interp, argc, argv) | 
|---|
| 3724 | TableInterpData *dataPtr;   /* Interpreter-specific data. */ | 
|---|
| 3725 | Tcl_Interp *interp; | 
|---|
| 3726 | int argc; | 
|---|
| 3727 | char **argv; | 
|---|
| 3728 | { | 
|---|
| 3729 | Table *tablePtr; | 
|---|
| 3730 | int length; | 
|---|
| 3731 | char c1, c2; | 
|---|
| 3732 | int count; | 
|---|
| 3733 | int result; | 
|---|
| 3734 | char **items; | 
|---|
| 3735 | register int i; | 
|---|
| 3736 |  | 
|---|
| 3737 | if (Blt_GetTable(dataPtr, interp, argv[2], &tablePtr) != TCL_OK) { | 
|---|
| 3738 | return TCL_ERROR; | 
|---|
| 3739 | } | 
|---|
| 3740 | /* | 
|---|
| 3741 | * Find the end of the items. Search until we see an option (-). | 
|---|
| 3742 | */ | 
|---|
| 3743 | argc -= 3, argv += 3; | 
|---|
| 3744 | for (count = 0; count < argc; count++) { | 
|---|
| 3745 | if (argv[count][0] == '-') { | 
|---|
| 3746 | break; | 
|---|
| 3747 | } | 
|---|
| 3748 | } | 
|---|
| 3749 | items = argv;               /* Save the start of the item list */ | 
|---|
| 3750 | argc -= count;              /* Move beyond the items to the options */ | 
|---|
| 3751 | argv += count; | 
|---|
| 3752 |  | 
|---|
| 3753 | result = TCL_ERROR;         /* Suppress compiler warning */ | 
|---|
| 3754 |  | 
|---|
| 3755 | if (count == 0) { | 
|---|
| 3756 | result = ConfigureTable(tablePtr, interp, argc, argv); | 
|---|
| 3757 | } | 
|---|
| 3758 | for (i = 0; i < count; i++) { | 
|---|
| 3759 | c1 = items[i][0]; | 
|---|
| 3760 | c2 = items[i][1]; | 
|---|
| 3761 | length = strlen(items[i]); | 
|---|
| 3762 | if (c1 == '.') {                /* Configure widget */ | 
|---|
| 3763 | Entry *entryPtr; | 
|---|
| 3764 |  | 
|---|
| 3765 | if (GetEntry(interp, tablePtr, items[i], &entryPtr) != TCL_OK) { | 
|---|
| 3766 | return TCL_ERROR; | 
|---|
| 3767 | } | 
|---|
| 3768 | result = ConfigureEntry(tablePtr, interp, entryPtr, argc, argv); | 
|---|
| 3769 | } else if ((c1 == 'r') || (c1 == 'R')) { | 
|---|
| 3770 | result = ConfigureRowColumn(tablePtr, &(tablePtr->rowInfo), | 
|---|
| 3771 | items[i], argc, argv); | 
|---|
| 3772 | } else if ((c1 == 'c') && (c2 == 'o') && | 
|---|
| 3773 | (strncmp(argv[3], "container", length) == 0)) { | 
|---|
| 3774 | result = ConfigureTable(tablePtr, interp, argc, argv); | 
|---|
| 3775 | } else if ((c1 == 'c') || (c1 == 'C')) { | 
|---|
| 3776 | result = ConfigureRowColumn(tablePtr, &(tablePtr->columnInfo), | 
|---|
| 3777 | items[i], argc, argv); | 
|---|
| 3778 | } else { | 
|---|
| 3779 | Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "unknown item \"", items[i], | 
|---|
| 3780 | "\": should be widget, row or column index, or \"container\"", | 
|---|
| 3781 | (char *)NULL); | 
|---|
| 3782 | return TCL_ERROR; | 
|---|
| 3783 | } | 
|---|
| 3784 | if (result == TCL_ERROR) { | 
|---|
| 3785 | break; | 
|---|
| 3786 | } | 
|---|
| 3787 | if ((i + 1) < count) { | 
|---|
| 3788 | Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "\n", (char *)NULL); | 
|---|
| 3789 | } | 
|---|
| 3790 | } | 
|---|
| 3791 | tablePtr->flags |= REQUEST_LAYOUT; | 
|---|
| 3792 | EventuallyArrangeTable(tablePtr); | 
|---|
| 3793 | return result; | 
|---|
| 3794 | } | 
|---|
| 3795 |  | 
|---|
| 3796 | /* | 
|---|
| 3797 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 3798 | * | 
|---|
| 3799 | * DeleteOp -- | 
|---|
| 3800 | * | 
|---|
| 3801 | *      Deletes the specified rows and/or columns from the table. | 
|---|
| 3802 | *      Note that the row/column indices can be fixed only after | 
|---|
| 3803 | *      all the deletions have occurred. | 
|---|
| 3804 | * | 
|---|
| 3805 | *              table delete .f r0 r1 r4 c0 | 
|---|
| 3806 | * | 
|---|
| 3807 | * Results: | 
|---|
| 3808 | *      Returns a standard Tcl result. | 
|---|
| 3809 | * | 
|---|
| 3810 | * | 
|---|
| 3811 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 3812 | */ | 
|---|
| 3813 | /*ARGSUSED*/ | 
|---|
| 3814 | static int | 
|---|
| 3815 | DeleteOp(dataPtr, interp, argc, argv) | 
|---|
| 3816 | TableInterpData *dataPtr;   /* Interpreter-specific data. */ | 
|---|
| 3817 | Tcl_Interp *interp; | 
|---|
| 3818 | int argc; | 
|---|
| 3819 | char **argv; | 
|---|
| 3820 | { | 
|---|
| 3821 | Table *tablePtr; | 
|---|
| 3822 | char c; | 
|---|
| 3823 | Blt_ChainLink *linkPtr, *nextPtr; | 
|---|
| 3824 | PartitionInfo *infoPtr; | 
|---|
| 3825 | char string[200]; | 
|---|
| 3826 | int matches; | 
|---|
| 3827 | register int i; | 
|---|
| 3828 | RowColumn *rcPtr; | 
|---|
| 3829 |  | 
|---|
| 3830 | if (Blt_GetTable(dataPtr, interp, argv[2], &tablePtr) != TCL_OK) { | 
|---|
| 3831 | return TCL_ERROR; | 
|---|
| 3832 | } | 
|---|
| 3833 | for (i = 3; i < argc; i++) { | 
|---|
| 3834 | c = tolower(argv[i][0]); | 
|---|
| 3835 | if ((c != 'r') && (c != 'c')) { | 
|---|
| 3836 | Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad index \"", argv[i], | 
|---|
| 3837 | "\": must start with \"r\" or \"c\"", (char *)NULL); | 
|---|
| 3838 | return TCL_ERROR; | 
|---|
| 3839 | } | 
|---|
| 3840 | } | 
|---|
| 3841 | matches = 0; | 
|---|
| 3842 | for (i = 3; i < argc; i++) { | 
|---|
| 3843 | c = tolower(argv[i][0]); | 
|---|
| 3844 | infoPtr = (c == 'r') ? &(tablePtr->rowInfo) : &(tablePtr->columnInfo); | 
|---|
| 3845 | for (linkPtr = Blt_ChainFirstLink(infoPtr->chainPtr); linkPtr != NULL; | 
|---|
| 3846 | linkPtr = nextPtr) { | 
|---|
| 3847 | nextPtr = Blt_ChainNextLink(linkPtr); | 
|---|
| 3848 | rcPtr = Blt_ChainGetValue(linkPtr); | 
|---|
| 3849 | sprintf(string, "%c%d", argv[i][0], rcPtr->index); | 
|---|
| 3850 | if (Tcl_StringMatch(string, argv[i])) { | 
|---|
| 3851 | matches++; | 
|---|
| 3852 | DeleteRowColumn(tablePtr, infoPtr, rcPtr); | 
|---|
| 3853 | Blt_ChainDeleteLink(infoPtr->chainPtr, linkPtr); | 
|---|
| 3854 | } | 
|---|
| 3855 | } | 
|---|
| 3856 | } | 
|---|
| 3857 | if (matches > 0) {          /* Fix indices */ | 
|---|
| 3858 | i = 0; | 
|---|
| 3859 | for (linkPtr = Blt_ChainFirstLink(tablePtr->columnInfo.chainPtr); | 
|---|
| 3860 | linkPtr != NULL; linkPtr = Blt_ChainNextLink(linkPtr)) { | 
|---|
| 3861 | rcPtr = Blt_ChainGetValue(linkPtr); | 
|---|
| 3862 | rcPtr->index = i++; | 
|---|
| 3863 | } | 
|---|
| 3864 | i = 0; | 
|---|
| 3865 | for (linkPtr = Blt_ChainFirstLink(tablePtr->rowInfo.chainPtr); | 
|---|
| 3866 | linkPtr != NULL; linkPtr = Blt_ChainNextLink(linkPtr)) { | 
|---|
| 3867 | rcPtr = Blt_ChainGetValue(linkPtr); | 
|---|
| 3868 | rcPtr->index = i++; | 
|---|
| 3869 | } | 
|---|
| 3870 | tablePtr->flags |= REQUEST_LAYOUT; | 
|---|
| 3871 | EventuallyArrangeTable(tablePtr); | 
|---|
| 3872 | } | 
|---|
| 3873 | return TCL_OK; | 
|---|
| 3874 | } | 
|---|
| 3875 |  | 
|---|
| 3876 | /* | 
|---|
| 3877 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 3878 | * | 
|---|
| 3879 | * JoinOp -- | 
|---|
| 3880 | * | 
|---|
| 3881 | *      Joins the specified span of rows/columns together into a | 
|---|
| 3882 | *      partition.  The row/column indices can be fixed only after | 
|---|
| 3883 | *      all the deletions have occurred. | 
|---|
| 3884 | * | 
|---|
| 3885 | *              table join .f r0 r3 | 
|---|
| 3886 | *              table join .f c2 c4 | 
|---|
| 3887 | * Results: | 
|---|
| 3888 | *      Returns a standard Tcl result. | 
|---|
| 3889 | * | 
|---|
| 3890 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 3891 | */ | 
|---|
| 3892 | /*ARGSUSED*/ | 
|---|
| 3893 | static int | 
|---|
| 3894 | JoinOp(dataPtr, interp, argc, argv) | 
|---|
| 3895 | TableInterpData *dataPtr;   /* Interpreter-specific data. */ | 
|---|
| 3896 | Tcl_Interp *interp; | 
|---|
| 3897 | int argc; | 
|---|
| 3898 | char **argv; | 
|---|
| 3899 | { | 
|---|
| 3900 | Table *tablePtr; | 
|---|
| 3901 | Blt_ChainLink *linkPtr, *nextPtr, *fromPtr; | 
|---|
| 3902 | PartitionInfo *infoPtr, *info2Ptr; | 
|---|
| 3903 | Entry *entryPtr; | 
|---|
| 3904 | int from, to;               /* Indices marking the span of | 
|---|
| 3905 | * partitions to be joined together.  */ | 
|---|
| 3906 | int start, end;             /* Entry indices. */ | 
|---|
| 3907 | register int i; | 
|---|
| 3908 | RowColumn *rcPtr; | 
|---|
| 3909 |  | 
|---|
| 3910 | if (Blt_GetTable(dataPtr, interp, argv[2], &tablePtr) != TCL_OK) { | 
|---|
| 3911 | return TCL_ERROR; | 
|---|
| 3912 | } | 
|---|
| 3913 | infoPtr = ParseRowColumn(tablePtr, argv[3], &from); | 
|---|
| 3914 | if (infoPtr == NULL) { | 
|---|
| 3915 | return TCL_ERROR; | 
|---|
| 3916 | } | 
|---|
| 3917 | info2Ptr = ParseRowColumn(tablePtr, argv[4], &to); | 
|---|
| 3918 | if (info2Ptr == NULL) { | 
|---|
| 3919 | return TCL_ERROR; | 
|---|
| 3920 | } | 
|---|
| 3921 | if (infoPtr != info2Ptr) { | 
|---|
| 3922 | Tcl_AppendResult(interp, | 
|---|
| 3923 | "\"from\" and \"to\" must both be rows or columns", | 
|---|
| 3924 | (char *)NULL); | 
|---|
| 3925 | return TCL_ERROR; | 
|---|
| 3926 | } | 
|---|
| 3927 | if (from >= to) { | 
|---|
| 3928 | return TCL_OK;          /* No-op. */ | 
|---|
| 3929 | } | 
|---|
| 3930 | fromPtr = Blt_ChainGetNthLink(infoPtr->chainPtr, from); | 
|---|
| 3931 | rcPtr = Blt_ChainGetValue(fromPtr); | 
|---|
| 3932 |  | 
|---|
| 3933 | /* | 
|---|
| 3934 | * --------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 3935 | * | 
|---|
| 3936 | *  Reduce the span of all entries that currently cross any of the | 
|---|
| 3937 | *  trailing rows/columns.  Also, if the entry starts in one of | 
|---|
| 3938 | *  these rows/columns, moved it to the designated "joined" | 
|---|
| 3939 | *  row/column. | 
|---|
| 3940 | * | 
|---|
| 3941 | * --------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 3942 | */ | 
|---|
| 3943 | if (infoPtr->type == rowUid) { | 
|---|
| 3944 | for (linkPtr = Blt_ChainFirstLink(tablePtr->chainPtr); linkPtr != NULL; | 
|---|
| 3945 | linkPtr = Blt_ChainNextLink(linkPtr)) { | 
|---|
| 3946 | entryPtr = Blt_ChainGetValue(linkPtr); | 
|---|
| 3947 | start = entryPtr->row.rcPtr->index + 1; | 
|---|
| 3948 | end = entryPtr->row.rcPtr->index + entryPtr->row.span - 1; | 
|---|
| 3949 | if ((end < from) || ((start > to))) { | 
|---|
| 3950 | continue; | 
|---|
| 3951 | } | 
|---|
| 3952 | entryPtr->row.span -= to - start + 1; | 
|---|
| 3953 | if (start >= from) {/* Entry starts in a trailing partition. */ | 
|---|
| 3954 | entryPtr->row.rcPtr = rcPtr; | 
|---|
| 3955 | } | 
|---|
| 3956 | } | 
|---|
| 3957 | } else { | 
|---|
| 3958 | for (linkPtr = Blt_ChainFirstLink(tablePtr->chainPtr); linkPtr != NULL; | 
|---|
| 3959 | linkPtr = Blt_ChainNextLink(linkPtr)) { | 
|---|
| 3960 | entryPtr = Blt_ChainGetValue(linkPtr); | 
|---|
| 3961 | start = entryPtr->column.rcPtr->index + 1; | 
|---|
| 3962 | end = entryPtr->column.rcPtr->index + entryPtr->column.span - 1; | 
|---|
| 3963 | if ((end < from) || ((start > to))) { | 
|---|
| 3964 | continue; | 
|---|
| 3965 | } | 
|---|
| 3966 | entryPtr->column.span -= to - start + 1; | 
|---|
| 3967 | if (start >= from) {/* Entry starts in a trailing partition. */ | 
|---|
| 3968 | entryPtr->column.rcPtr = rcPtr; | 
|---|
| 3969 | } | 
|---|
| 3970 | } | 
|---|
| 3971 | } | 
|---|
| 3972 | linkPtr = Blt_ChainNextLink(fromPtr); | 
|---|
| 3973 | for (i = from + 1; i <= to; i++) { | 
|---|
| 3974 | nextPtr = Blt_ChainNextLink(linkPtr); | 
|---|
| 3975 | rcPtr = Blt_ChainGetValue(linkPtr); | 
|---|
| 3976 | DeleteRowColumn(tablePtr, infoPtr, rcPtr); | 
|---|
| 3977 | Blt_ChainDeleteLink(infoPtr->chainPtr, linkPtr); | 
|---|
| 3978 | linkPtr = nextPtr; | 
|---|
| 3979 | } | 
|---|
| 3980 | i = 0; | 
|---|
| 3981 | for (linkPtr = Blt_ChainFirstLink(infoPtr->chainPtr); | 
|---|
| 3982 | linkPtr != NULL; linkPtr = Blt_ChainNextLink(linkPtr)) { | 
|---|
| 3983 | rcPtr = Blt_ChainGetValue(linkPtr); | 
|---|
| 3984 | rcPtr->index = i++; | 
|---|
| 3985 | } | 
|---|
| 3986 | tablePtr->flags |= REQUEST_LAYOUT; | 
|---|
| 3987 | EventuallyArrangeTable(tablePtr); | 
|---|
| 3988 | return TCL_OK; | 
|---|
| 3989 | } | 
|---|
| 3990 |  | 
|---|
| 3991 | /* | 
|---|
| 3992 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 3993 | * | 
|---|
| 3994 | * ExtentsOp -- | 
|---|
| 3995 | * | 
|---|
| 3996 | *      Returns a list of all the pathnames of the widgets managed by | 
|---|
| 3997 | *      a table.  The table is determined from the name of the | 
|---|
| 3998 | *      container widget associated with the table. | 
|---|
| 3999 | * | 
|---|
| 4000 | *              table extents .frame r0 c0 container | 
|---|
| 4001 | * | 
|---|
| 4002 | * Results: | 
|---|
| 4003 | *      Returns a standard Tcl result.  If no error occurred, TCL_OK is | 
|---|
| 4004 | *      returned and a list of widgets managed by the table is left in | 
|---|
| 4005 | *      interp->result. | 
|---|
| 4006 | * | 
|---|
| 4007 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 4008 | */ | 
|---|
| 4009 | /*ARGSUSED*/ | 
|---|
| 4010 | static int | 
|---|
| 4011 | ExtentsOp(dataPtr, interp, argc, argv) | 
|---|
| 4012 | TableInterpData *dataPtr;   /* Interpreter-specific data. */ | 
|---|
| 4013 | Tcl_Interp *interp;         /* Interpreter to return results to. */ | 
|---|
| 4014 | int argc;                   /* # of arguments */ | 
|---|
| 4015 | char **argv;                /* Command line arguments. */ | 
|---|
| 4016 | { | 
|---|
| 4017 | Table *tablePtr; | 
|---|
| 4018 | Blt_ChainLink *linkPtr; | 
|---|
| 4019 | RowColumn *rcPtr; | 
|---|
| 4020 | RowColumn *c1Ptr, *r1Ptr, *c2Ptr, *r2Ptr; | 
|---|
| 4021 | PartitionInfo *infoPtr; | 
|---|
| 4022 | int x, y, width, height; | 
|---|
| 4023 | char string[200]; | 
|---|
| 4024 | char c; | 
|---|
| 4025 |  | 
|---|
| 4026 | if (Blt_GetTable(dataPtr, interp, argv[2], &tablePtr) != TCL_OK) { | 
|---|
| 4027 | return TCL_ERROR; | 
|---|
| 4028 | } | 
|---|
| 4029 | c = tolower(argv[3][0]); | 
|---|
| 4030 | if (c == 'r') { | 
|---|
| 4031 | infoPtr = &(tablePtr->rowInfo); | 
|---|
| 4032 | } else if (c == 'c') { | 
|---|
| 4033 | infoPtr = &(tablePtr->columnInfo); | 
|---|
| 4034 | } else { | 
|---|
| 4035 | Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "unknown item \"", argv[3], | 
|---|
| 4036 | "\": should be widget, row, or column", (char *)NULL); | 
|---|
| 4037 | return TCL_ERROR; | 
|---|
| 4038 | } | 
|---|
| 4039 | for (linkPtr = Blt_ChainFirstLink(infoPtr->chainPtr); | 
|---|
| 4040 | linkPtr != NULL; linkPtr = Blt_ChainNextLink(linkPtr)) { | 
|---|
| 4041 | rcPtr = Blt_ChainGetValue(linkPtr); | 
|---|
| 4042 | sprintf(string, "%c%d", argv[3][0], rcPtr->index); | 
|---|
| 4043 | if (Tcl_StringMatch(string, argv[3])) { | 
|---|
| 4044 | if (c == 'r') { | 
|---|
| 4045 | r1Ptr = r2Ptr = rcPtr; | 
|---|
| 4046 | c1Ptr = GetRowColumn(&(tablePtr->columnInfo), 0); | 
|---|
| 4047 | c2Ptr = GetRowColumn(&(tablePtr->columnInfo), | 
|---|
| 4048 | tablePtr->nColumns - 1); | 
|---|
| 4049 | } else { | 
|---|
| 4050 | c1Ptr = c2Ptr = rcPtr; | 
|---|
| 4051 | r1Ptr = GetRowColumn(&(tablePtr->rowInfo), 0); | 
|---|
| 4052 | r2Ptr = GetRowColumn(&(tablePtr->rowInfo), | 
|---|
| 4053 | tablePtr->nRows - 1); | 
|---|
| 4054 | } | 
|---|
| 4055 | x = c1Ptr->offset; | 
|---|
| 4056 | y = r1Ptr->offset; | 
|---|
| 4057 | width = c2Ptr->offset + c2Ptr->size - x; | 
|---|
| 4058 | height = r2Ptr->offset + r2Ptr->size - y; | 
|---|
| 4059 | sprintf(string, "%c%d %d %d %d %d\n", argv[3][0], rcPtr->index, | 
|---|
| 4060 | x, y, width, height); | 
|---|
| 4061 | Tcl_AppendResult(interp, string, (char *)NULL); | 
|---|
| 4062 | } | 
|---|
| 4063 | } | 
|---|
| 4064 | return TCL_OK; | 
|---|
| 4065 | } | 
|---|
| 4066 |  | 
|---|
| 4067 | /* | 
|---|
| 4068 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 4069 | * | 
|---|
| 4070 | * ForgetOp -- | 
|---|
| 4071 | * | 
|---|
| 4072 | *      Processes an argv/argc list of widget names and purges their | 
|---|
| 4073 | *      entries from their respective tables.  The widgets are unmapped and | 
|---|
| 4074 | *      the tables are rearranged at the next idle point.  Note that all | 
|---|
| 4075 | *      the named widgets do not need to exist in the same table. | 
|---|
| 4076 | * | 
|---|
| 4077 | * Results: | 
|---|
| 4078 | *      Returns a standard Tcl result.  If an error occurred, TCL_ERROR is | 
|---|
| 4079 | *      returned and an error message is left in interp->result. | 
|---|
| 4080 | * | 
|---|
| 4081 | * Side Effects: | 
|---|
| 4082 | *      Memory is deallocated (the entry is destroyed), etc.  The | 
|---|
| 4083 | *      affected tables are is re-computed and arranged at the next idle | 
|---|
| 4084 | *      point. | 
|---|
| 4085 | * | 
|---|
| 4086 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 4087 | */ | 
|---|
| 4088 | static int | 
|---|
| 4089 | ForgetOp(dataPtr, interp, argc, argv) | 
|---|
| 4090 | TableInterpData *dataPtr;   /* Interpreter-specific data. */ | 
|---|
| 4091 | Tcl_Interp *interp; | 
|---|
| 4092 | int argc; | 
|---|
| 4093 | char **argv; | 
|---|
| 4094 | { | 
|---|
| 4095 | Entry *entryPtr; | 
|---|
| 4096 | register int i; | 
|---|
| 4097 | Blt_HashEntry *hPtr; | 
|---|
| 4098 | Blt_HashSearch cursor; | 
|---|
| 4099 | Table *tablePtr; | 
|---|
| 4100 | Tk_Window tkwin, mainWindow; | 
|---|
| 4101 |  | 
|---|
| 4102 | tablePtr = NULL; | 
|---|
| 4103 | mainWindow = Tk_MainWindow(interp); | 
|---|
| 4104 | for (i = 2; i < argc; i++) { | 
|---|
| 4105 | entryPtr = NULL; | 
|---|
| 4106 | tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, argv[i], mainWindow); | 
|---|
| 4107 | if (tkwin == NULL) { | 
|---|
| 4108 | return TCL_ERROR; | 
|---|
| 4109 | } | 
|---|
| 4110 | for (hPtr = Blt_FirstHashEntry(&(dataPtr->tableTable), &cursor); | 
|---|
| 4111 | hPtr != NULL; hPtr = Blt_NextHashEntry(&cursor)) { | 
|---|
| 4112 | tablePtr = (Table *)Blt_GetHashValue(hPtr); | 
|---|
| 4113 | if (tablePtr->interp != interp) { | 
|---|
| 4114 | continue; | 
|---|
| 4115 | } | 
|---|
| 4116 | entryPtr = FindEntry(tablePtr, tkwin); | 
|---|
| 4117 | if (entryPtr != NULL) { | 
|---|
| 4118 | break; | 
|---|
| 4119 | } | 
|---|
| 4120 | } | 
|---|
| 4121 | if (entryPtr == NULL) { | 
|---|
| 4122 | Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "\"", argv[i], | 
|---|
| 4123 | "\" is not managed by any table", (char *)NULL); | 
|---|
| 4124 | return TCL_ERROR; | 
|---|
| 4125 | } | 
|---|
| 4126 | if (Tk_IsMapped(entryPtr->tkwin)) { | 
|---|
| 4127 | Tk_UnmapWindow(entryPtr->tkwin); | 
|---|
| 4128 | } | 
|---|
| 4129 | /* Arrange for the call back here in the loop, because the | 
|---|
| 4130 | * widgets may not belong to the same table.  */ | 
|---|
| 4131 | tablePtr->flags |= REQUEST_LAYOUT; | 
|---|
| 4132 | EventuallyArrangeTable(tablePtr); | 
|---|
| 4133 | DestroyEntry(entryPtr); | 
|---|
| 4134 | } | 
|---|
| 4135 | return TCL_OK; | 
|---|
| 4136 | } | 
|---|
| 4137 |  | 
|---|
| 4138 | /* | 
|---|
| 4139 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 4140 | * | 
|---|
| 4141 | * InfoOp -- | 
|---|
| 4142 | * | 
|---|
| 4143 | *      Returns the options of a widget or partition in the table. | 
|---|
| 4144 | * | 
|---|
| 4145 | * Results: | 
|---|
| 4146 | *      Returns a standard Tcl result.  A list of the widget attributes | 
|---|
| 4147 | *      is left in interp->result. | 
|---|
| 4148 | * | 
|---|
| 4149 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 4150 | */ | 
|---|
| 4151 | /*ARGSUSED*/ | 
|---|
| 4152 | static int | 
|---|
| 4153 | InfoOp(dataPtr, interp, argc, argv) | 
|---|
| 4154 | TableInterpData *dataPtr;   /* Interpreter-specific data. */ | 
|---|
| 4155 | Tcl_Interp *interp; | 
|---|
| 4156 | int argc; | 
|---|
| 4157 | char **argv; | 
|---|
| 4158 | { | 
|---|
| 4159 | Table *tablePtr; | 
|---|
| 4160 | int result; | 
|---|
| 4161 | char c; | 
|---|
| 4162 | register int i; | 
|---|
| 4163 |  | 
|---|
| 4164 | if (Blt_GetTable(dataPtr, interp, argv[2], &tablePtr) != TCL_OK) { | 
|---|
| 4165 | return TCL_ERROR; | 
|---|
| 4166 | } | 
|---|
| 4167 | for (i = 3; i < argc; i++) { | 
|---|
| 4168 | c = argv[i][0]; | 
|---|
| 4169 | if (c == '.') {         /* Entry information */ | 
|---|
| 4170 | Entry *entryPtr; | 
|---|
| 4171 |  | 
|---|
| 4172 | if (GetEntry(interp, tablePtr, argv[i], &entryPtr) != TCL_OK) { | 
|---|
| 4173 | return TCL_ERROR; | 
|---|
| 4174 | } | 
|---|
| 4175 | result = InfoEntry(interp, tablePtr, entryPtr); | 
|---|
| 4176 | } else if ((c == 'r') || (c == 'R') || (c == 'c') || (c == 'C')) { | 
|---|
| 4177 | result = InfoRowColumn(tablePtr, interp, argv[i]); | 
|---|
| 4178 | } else { | 
|---|
| 4179 | Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "unknown item \"", argv[i], | 
|---|
| 4180 | "\": should be widget, row, or column", (char *)NULL); | 
|---|
| 4181 | return TCL_ERROR; | 
|---|
| 4182 | } | 
|---|
| 4183 | if (result != TCL_OK) { | 
|---|
| 4184 | return TCL_ERROR; | 
|---|
| 4185 | } | 
|---|
| 4186 | if ((i + 1) < argc) { | 
|---|
| 4187 | Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "\n", (char *)NULL); | 
|---|
| 4188 | } | 
|---|
| 4189 | } | 
|---|
| 4190 | return TCL_OK; | 
|---|
| 4191 | } | 
|---|
| 4192 |  | 
|---|
| 4193 | /* | 
|---|
| 4194 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 4195 | * | 
|---|
| 4196 | * InsertOp -- | 
|---|
| 4197 | * | 
|---|
| 4198 | *      Inserts a span of rows/columns into the table. | 
|---|
| 4199 | * | 
|---|
| 4200 | *              table insert .f r0 2 | 
|---|
| 4201 | *              table insert .f c0 5 | 
|---|
| 4202 | * | 
|---|
| 4203 | * Results: | 
|---|
| 4204 | *      Returns a standard Tcl result.  A list of the widget | 
|---|
| 4205 | *      attributes is left in interp->result. | 
|---|
| 4206 | * | 
|---|
| 4207 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 4208 | */ | 
|---|
| 4209 | /*ARGSUSED*/ | 
|---|
| 4210 | static int | 
|---|
| 4211 | InsertOp(dataPtr, interp, argc, argv) | 
|---|
| 4212 | TableInterpData *dataPtr;   /* Interpreter-specific data. */ | 
|---|
| 4213 | Tcl_Interp *interp; | 
|---|
| 4214 | int argc; | 
|---|
| 4215 | char **argv; | 
|---|
| 4216 | { | 
|---|
| 4217 | Table *tablePtr; | 
|---|
| 4218 | long int span; | 
|---|
| 4219 | int before; | 
|---|
| 4220 | PartitionInfo *infoPtr; | 
|---|
| 4221 | RowColumn *rcPtr; | 
|---|
| 4222 | register int i; | 
|---|
| 4223 | Blt_ChainLink *beforePtr, *linkPtr; | 
|---|
| 4224 | int linkBefore; | 
|---|
| 4225 |  | 
|---|
| 4226 | if (Blt_GetTable(dataPtr, interp, argv[2], &tablePtr) != TCL_OK) { | 
|---|
| 4227 | return TCL_ERROR; | 
|---|
| 4228 | } | 
|---|
| 4229 | linkBefore = TRUE; | 
|---|
| 4230 | if (argv[3][0] == '-') { | 
|---|
| 4231 | if (strcmp(argv[3], "-before") == 0) { | 
|---|
| 4232 | linkBefore = TRUE; | 
|---|
| 4233 | argv++; argc--; | 
|---|
| 4234 | } else if (strcmp(argv[3], "-after") == 0) { | 
|---|
| 4235 | linkBefore = FALSE; | 
|---|
| 4236 | argv++; argc--; | 
|---|
| 4237 | } | 
|---|
| 4238 | } | 
|---|
| 4239 | if (argc == 3) { | 
|---|
| 4240 | Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0], | 
|---|
| 4241 | "insert ", argv[2], "row|column ?span?", (char *)NULL); | 
|---|
| 4242 | return TCL_ERROR; | 
|---|
| 4243 | } | 
|---|
| 4244 | infoPtr = ParseRowColumn(tablePtr, argv[3], &before); | 
|---|
| 4245 | if (infoPtr == NULL) { | 
|---|
| 4246 | return TCL_ERROR; | 
|---|
| 4247 | } | 
|---|
| 4248 | span = 1; | 
|---|
| 4249 | if ((argc > 4) && (Tcl_ExprLong(interp, argv[4], &span) != TCL_OK)) { | 
|---|
| 4250 | return TCL_ERROR; | 
|---|
| 4251 | } | 
|---|
| 4252 | if (span < 1) { | 
|---|
| 4253 | Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "span value \"", argv[4], | 
|---|
| 4254 | "\" can't be negative", (char *)NULL); | 
|---|
| 4255 | return TCL_ERROR; | 
|---|
| 4256 | } | 
|---|
| 4257 | beforePtr = Blt_ChainGetNthLink(infoPtr->chainPtr, before); | 
|---|
| 4258 | /* | 
|---|
| 4259 | * Insert the new rows/columns from the designated point in the | 
|---|
| 4260 | * chain. | 
|---|
| 4261 | */ | 
|---|
| 4262 | for (i = 0; i < span; i++) { | 
|---|
| 4263 | rcPtr = CreateRowColumn(); | 
|---|
| 4264 | linkPtr = Blt_ChainNewLink(); | 
|---|
| 4265 | Blt_ChainSetValue(linkPtr, rcPtr); | 
|---|
| 4266 | if (linkBefore) { | 
|---|
| 4267 | Blt_ChainLinkBefore(infoPtr->chainPtr, linkPtr, beforePtr); | 
|---|
| 4268 | } else { | 
|---|
| 4269 | Blt_ChainLinkAfter(infoPtr->chainPtr, linkPtr, beforePtr); | 
|---|
| 4270 | } | 
|---|
| 4271 | rcPtr->linkPtr = linkPtr; | 
|---|
| 4272 | } | 
|---|
| 4273 | i = 0; | 
|---|
| 4274 | for (linkPtr = Blt_ChainFirstLink(infoPtr->chainPtr); linkPtr != NULL; | 
|---|
| 4275 | linkPtr = Blt_ChainNextLink(linkPtr)) { | 
|---|
| 4276 | rcPtr = Blt_ChainGetValue(linkPtr); | 
|---|
| 4277 | /* Reset the indices of the trailing rows/columns.  */ | 
|---|
| 4278 | rcPtr->index = i++; | 
|---|
| 4279 | } | 
|---|
| 4280 | tablePtr->flags |= REQUEST_LAYOUT; | 
|---|
| 4281 | EventuallyArrangeTable(tablePtr); | 
|---|
| 4282 | return TCL_OK; | 
|---|
| 4283 | } | 
|---|
| 4284 |  | 
|---|
| 4285 | /* | 
|---|
| 4286 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 4287 | * | 
|---|
| 4288 | * SplitOp -- | 
|---|
| 4289 | * | 
|---|
| 4290 | *      Splits a single row/column into multiple partitions. Any | 
|---|
| 4291 | *      widgets that span this row/column will be automatically | 
|---|
| 4292 | *      corrected to include the new rows/columns. | 
|---|
| 4293 | * | 
|---|
| 4294 | *              table split .f r0 3 | 
|---|
| 4295 | *              table split .f c2 2 | 
|---|
| 4296 | * Results: | 
|---|
| 4297 | *      Returns a standard Tcl result.  A list of the widget | 
|---|
| 4298 | *      attributes is left in interp->result. | 
|---|
| 4299 | * | 
|---|
| 4300 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 4301 | */ | 
|---|
| 4302 | /*ARGSUSED*/ | 
|---|
| 4303 | static int | 
|---|
| 4304 | SplitOp(dataPtr, interp, argc, argv) | 
|---|
| 4305 | TableInterpData *dataPtr;   /* Interpreter-specific data. */ | 
|---|
| 4306 | Tcl_Interp *interp; | 
|---|
| 4307 | int argc; | 
|---|
| 4308 | char **argv; | 
|---|
| 4309 | { | 
|---|
| 4310 | Table *tablePtr; | 
|---|
| 4311 | int number, split; | 
|---|
| 4312 | int start, end; | 
|---|
| 4313 | PartitionInfo *infoPtr; | 
|---|
| 4314 | RowColumn *rcPtr; | 
|---|
| 4315 | register int i; | 
|---|
| 4316 | Blt_ChainLink *afterPtr, *linkPtr; | 
|---|
| 4317 | Entry *entryPtr; | 
|---|
| 4318 |  | 
|---|
| 4319 | if (Blt_GetTable(dataPtr, interp, argv[2], &tablePtr) != TCL_OK) { | 
|---|
| 4320 | return TCL_ERROR; | 
|---|
| 4321 | } | 
|---|
| 4322 | infoPtr = ParseRowColumn(tablePtr, argv[3], &number); | 
|---|
| 4323 | if (infoPtr == NULL) { | 
|---|
| 4324 | return TCL_ERROR; | 
|---|
| 4325 | } | 
|---|
| 4326 | split = 2; | 
|---|
| 4327 | if (argc > 4) { | 
|---|
| 4328 | if (Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[4], &split) != TCL_OK) { | 
|---|
| 4329 | return TCL_ERROR; | 
|---|
| 4330 | } | 
|---|
| 4331 | } | 
|---|
| 4332 | if (split < 2) { | 
|---|
| 4333 | Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad split value \"", argv[4], | 
|---|
| 4334 | "\": should be 2 or greater", (char *)NULL); | 
|---|
| 4335 | return TCL_ERROR; | 
|---|
| 4336 | } | 
|---|
| 4337 | afterPtr = Blt_ChainGetNthLink(infoPtr->chainPtr, number); | 
|---|
| 4338 |  | 
|---|
| 4339 | /* | 
|---|
| 4340 | * Append (split - 1) additional rows/columns starting | 
|---|
| 4341 | * from the current point in the chain. | 
|---|
| 4342 | */ | 
|---|
| 4343 |  | 
|---|
| 4344 | for (i = 1; i < split; i++) { | 
|---|
| 4345 | rcPtr = CreateRowColumn(); | 
|---|
| 4346 | linkPtr = Blt_ChainNewLink(); | 
|---|
| 4347 | Blt_ChainSetValue(linkPtr, rcPtr); | 
|---|
| 4348 | Blt_ChainLinkAfter(infoPtr->chainPtr, linkPtr, afterPtr); | 
|---|
| 4349 | rcPtr->linkPtr = linkPtr; | 
|---|
| 4350 | } | 
|---|
| 4351 |  | 
|---|
| 4352 | /* | 
|---|
| 4353 | * Also increase the span of all entries that span this | 
|---|
| 4354 | * row/column by split - 1. | 
|---|
| 4355 | */ | 
|---|
| 4356 | if (infoPtr->type == rowUid) { | 
|---|
| 4357 | for (linkPtr = Blt_ChainFirstLink(tablePtr->chainPtr); linkPtr != NULL; | 
|---|
| 4358 | linkPtr = Blt_ChainNextLink(linkPtr)) { | 
|---|
| 4359 | entryPtr = Blt_ChainGetValue(linkPtr); | 
|---|
| 4360 | start = entryPtr->row.rcPtr->index; | 
|---|
| 4361 | end = entryPtr->row.rcPtr->index + entryPtr->row.span; | 
|---|
| 4362 | if ((start <= number) && (number < end)) { | 
|---|
| 4363 | entryPtr->row.span += (split - 1); | 
|---|
| 4364 | } | 
|---|
| 4365 | } | 
|---|
| 4366 | } else { | 
|---|
| 4367 | for (linkPtr = Blt_ChainFirstLink(tablePtr->chainPtr); linkPtr != NULL; | 
|---|
| 4368 | linkPtr = Blt_ChainNextLink(linkPtr)) { | 
|---|
| 4369 | entryPtr = Blt_ChainGetValue(linkPtr); | 
|---|
| 4370 | start = entryPtr->column.rcPtr->index; | 
|---|
| 4371 | end = entryPtr->column.rcPtr->index + entryPtr->column.span; | 
|---|
| 4372 | if ((start <= number) && (number < end)) { | 
|---|
| 4373 | entryPtr->column.span += (split - 1); | 
|---|
| 4374 | } | 
|---|
| 4375 | } | 
|---|
| 4376 | } | 
|---|
| 4377 | /* | 
|---|
| 4378 | * Be careful to renumber the rows or columns only after | 
|---|
| 4379 | * processing each entry.  Otherwise row/column numbering | 
|---|
| 4380 | * will be out of sync with the index. | 
|---|
| 4381 | */ | 
|---|
| 4382 | i = number; | 
|---|
| 4383 | for (linkPtr = afterPtr; linkPtr != NULL; | 
|---|
| 4384 | linkPtr = Blt_ChainNextLink(linkPtr)) { | 
|---|
| 4385 | rcPtr = Blt_ChainGetValue(linkPtr); | 
|---|
| 4386 | rcPtr->index = i++;     /* Renumber the trailing indices.  */ | 
|---|
| 4387 | } | 
|---|
| 4388 |  | 
|---|
| 4389 | tablePtr->flags |= REQUEST_LAYOUT; | 
|---|
| 4390 | EventuallyArrangeTable(tablePtr); | 
|---|
| 4391 | return TCL_OK; | 
|---|
| 4392 | } | 
|---|
| 4393 |  | 
|---|
| 4394 | /* | 
|---|
| 4395 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 4396 | * | 
|---|
| 4397 | * RowColumnSearch -- | 
|---|
| 4398 | * | 
|---|
| 4399 | *      Searches for the row or column designated by an x or y | 
|---|
| 4400 | *      coordinate. | 
|---|
| 4401 | * | 
|---|
| 4402 | * Results: | 
|---|
| 4403 | *      Returns a pointer to the row/column containing the given point. | 
|---|
| 4404 | *      If no row/column contains the coordinate, NULL is returned. | 
|---|
| 4405 | * | 
|---|
| 4406 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 4407 | */ | 
|---|
| 4408 | static RowColumn * | 
|---|
| 4409 | RowColumnSearch(infoPtr, x) | 
|---|
| 4410 | PartitionInfo *infoPtr; | 
|---|
| 4411 | int x;                      /* Search coordinate  */ | 
|---|
| 4412 | { | 
|---|
| 4413 | Blt_ChainLink *linkPtr; | 
|---|
| 4414 | RowColumn *rcPtr; | 
|---|
| 4415 |  | 
|---|
| 4416 | for (linkPtr = Blt_ChainFirstLink(infoPtr->chainPtr); | 
|---|
| 4417 | linkPtr != NULL; linkPtr = Blt_ChainNextLink(linkPtr)) { | 
|---|
| 4418 | rcPtr = Blt_ChainGetValue(linkPtr); | 
|---|
| 4419 | if (x > (rcPtr->offset + rcPtr->size)) { | 
|---|
| 4420 | break;              /* Too far, can't find row/column. */ | 
|---|
| 4421 | } | 
|---|
| 4422 | if (x > rcPtr->offset) { | 
|---|
| 4423 | return rcPtr; | 
|---|
| 4424 | } | 
|---|
| 4425 | } | 
|---|
| 4426 | return NULL; | 
|---|
| 4427 | } | 
|---|
| 4428 |  | 
|---|
| 4429 | /* | 
|---|
| 4430 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 4431 | * | 
|---|
| 4432 | * LocateOp -- | 
|---|
| 4433 | * | 
|---|
| 4434 | * | 
|---|
| 4435 | *      Returns the row,column index given a screen coordinate. | 
|---|
| 4436 | * | 
|---|
| 4437 | * Results: | 
|---|
| 4438 | *      Returns a standard Tcl result. | 
|---|
| 4439 | * | 
|---|
| 4440 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 4441 | */ | 
|---|
| 4442 | /* ARGSUSED */ | 
|---|
| 4443 | static int | 
|---|
| 4444 | LocateOp(dataPtr, interp, argc, argv) | 
|---|
| 4445 | TableInterpData *dataPtr;   /* Interpreter-specific data. */ | 
|---|
| 4446 | Tcl_Interp *interp; | 
|---|
| 4447 | int argc; | 
|---|
| 4448 | char **argv; | 
|---|
| 4449 | { | 
|---|
| 4450 | int x, y; | 
|---|
| 4451 | RowColumn *rowPtr, *columnPtr; | 
|---|
| 4452 | Table *tablePtr; | 
|---|
| 4453 |  | 
|---|
| 4454 | if (Blt_GetTable(dataPtr, interp, argv[2], &tablePtr) != TCL_OK) { | 
|---|
| 4455 | return TCL_ERROR; | 
|---|
| 4456 | } | 
|---|
| 4457 | if (Blt_GetPixels(interp, tablePtr->tkwin, argv[3], PIXELS_ANY, &x) | 
|---|
| 4458 | != TCL_OK) { | 
|---|
| 4459 | return TCL_ERROR; | 
|---|
| 4460 | } | 
|---|
| 4461 | if (Blt_GetPixels(interp, tablePtr->tkwin, argv[4], PIXELS_ANY, &y) | 
|---|
| 4462 | != TCL_OK) { | 
|---|
| 4463 | return TCL_ERROR; | 
|---|
| 4464 | } | 
|---|
| 4465 | rowPtr = RowColumnSearch(&(tablePtr->rowInfo), y); | 
|---|
| 4466 | if (rowPtr == NULL) { | 
|---|
| 4467 | return TCL_OK; | 
|---|
| 4468 | } | 
|---|
| 4469 | columnPtr = RowColumnSearch(&(tablePtr->columnInfo), x); | 
|---|
| 4470 | if (columnPtr == NULL) { | 
|---|
| 4471 | return TCL_OK; | 
|---|
| 4472 | } | 
|---|
| 4473 | Tcl_AppendElement(interp, Blt_Itoa(rowPtr->index)); | 
|---|
| 4474 | Tcl_AppendElement(interp, Blt_Itoa(columnPtr->index)); | 
|---|
| 4475 | return TCL_OK; | 
|---|
| 4476 | } | 
|---|
| 4477 |  | 
|---|
| 4478 | /* | 
|---|
| 4479 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 4480 | * | 
|---|
| 4481 | * ContainersOp -- | 
|---|
| 4482 | * | 
|---|
| 4483 | *      Returns a list of tables currently in use. A table is | 
|---|
| 4484 | *      associated by the name of its container widget.  All tables | 
|---|
| 4485 | *      matching a given pattern are included in this list.  If no | 
|---|
| 4486 | *      pattern is present (argc == 0), all tables are included. | 
|---|
| 4487 | * | 
|---|
| 4488 | * Results: | 
|---|
| 4489 | *      Returns a standard Tcl result.  If no error occurred, TCL_OK is | 
|---|
| 4490 | *      returned and a list of tables is left in interp->result. | 
|---|
| 4491 | * | 
|---|
| 4492 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 4493 | */ | 
|---|
| 4494 | /*ARGSUSED*/ | 
|---|
| 4495 | static int | 
|---|
| 4496 | ContainersOp(dataPtr, interp, argc, argv) | 
|---|
| 4497 | TableInterpData *dataPtr;   /* Interpreter-specific data. */ | 
|---|
| 4498 | Tcl_Interp *interp;         /* Interpreter to return list of names to */ | 
|---|
| 4499 | int argc; | 
|---|
| 4500 | char **argv;                /* Contains 0-1 arguments: search pattern */ | 
|---|
| 4501 | { | 
|---|
| 4502 | Blt_HashEntry *hPtr; | 
|---|
| 4503 | Blt_HashSearch cursor; | 
|---|
| 4504 | register Table *tablePtr; | 
|---|
| 4505 | char *pattern; | 
|---|
| 4506 |  | 
|---|
| 4507 | pattern = NULL; | 
|---|
| 4508 | if (argc > 2) { | 
|---|
| 4509 | if (argv[2][0] == '-') { | 
|---|
| 4510 | unsigned int length; | 
|---|
| 4511 |  | 
|---|
| 4512 | length = strlen(argv[2]); | 
|---|
| 4513 | if ((length > 1) && (argv[2][1] == 'p') && | 
|---|
| 4514 | (strncmp(argv[2], "-pattern", length) == 0)) { | 
|---|
| 4515 | pattern = argv[3]; | 
|---|
| 4516 | goto search; | 
|---|
| 4517 | } else if ((length > 1) && (argv[2][1] == 's') && | 
|---|
| 4518 | (strncmp(argv[2], "-slave", length) == 0)) { | 
|---|
| 4519 | Tk_Window tkwin; | 
|---|
| 4520 |  | 
|---|
| 4521 | if (argc != 4) { | 
|---|
| 4522 | Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "needs widget argument for \"", | 
|---|
| 4523 | argv[2], "\"", (char *)NULL); | 
|---|
| 4524 | return TCL_ERROR; | 
|---|
| 4525 | } | 
|---|
| 4526 | tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, argv[3], | 
|---|
| 4527 | Tk_MainWindow(interp)); | 
|---|
| 4528 | if (tkwin == NULL) { | 
|---|
| 4529 | return TCL_ERROR; | 
|---|
| 4530 | } | 
|---|
| 4531 | for (hPtr = Blt_FirstHashEntry(&(dataPtr->tableTable), &cursor); | 
|---|
| 4532 | hPtr != NULL; hPtr = Blt_NextHashEntry(&cursor)) { | 
|---|
| 4533 | tablePtr = (Table *)Blt_GetHashValue(hPtr); | 
|---|
| 4534 | if (FindEntry(tablePtr, tkwin) != NULL) { | 
|---|
| 4535 | Tcl_AppendElement(interp, Tk_PathName(tablePtr->tkwin)); | 
|---|
| 4536 | } | 
|---|
| 4537 | } | 
|---|
| 4538 | return TCL_OK; | 
|---|
| 4539 | } else { | 
|---|
| 4540 | Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad switch \"", argv[2], "\" : \ | 
|---|
| 4541 | should be \"-pattern\", or \"-slave\"", (char *)NULL); | 
|---|
| 4542 | return TCL_ERROR; | 
|---|
| 4543 | } | 
|---|
| 4544 | } else { | 
|---|
| 4545 | pattern = argv[2]; | 
|---|
| 4546 | } | 
|---|
| 4547 | } | 
|---|
| 4548 | search: | 
|---|
| 4549 | for (hPtr = Blt_FirstHashEntry(&(dataPtr->tableTable), &cursor); | 
|---|
| 4550 | hPtr != NULL; hPtr = Blt_NextHashEntry(&cursor)) { | 
|---|
| 4551 | tablePtr = (Table *)Blt_GetHashValue(hPtr); | 
|---|
| 4552 | if (tablePtr->interp == interp) { | 
|---|
| 4553 | if ((pattern == NULL) || | 
|---|
| 4554 | (Tcl_StringMatch(Tk_PathName(tablePtr->tkwin), pattern))) { | 
|---|
| 4555 | Tcl_AppendElement(interp, Tk_PathName(tablePtr->tkwin)); | 
|---|
| 4556 | } | 
|---|
| 4557 | } | 
|---|
| 4558 | } | 
|---|
| 4559 | return TCL_OK; | 
|---|
| 4560 | } | 
|---|
| 4561 |  | 
|---|
| 4562 | /* | 
|---|
| 4563 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 4564 | * | 
|---|
| 4565 | * SaveOp -- | 
|---|
| 4566 | * | 
|---|
| 4567 | *      Returns a list of all the commands necessary to rebuild the | 
|---|
| 4568 | *      the table.  This includes the layout of the widgets and any | 
|---|
| 4569 | *      row, column, or table options set. | 
|---|
| 4570 | * | 
|---|
| 4571 | * Results: | 
|---|
| 4572 | *      Returns a standard Tcl result.  If no error occurred, TCL_OK is | 
|---|
| 4573 | *      returned and a list of widget path names is left in interp->result. | 
|---|
| 4574 | * | 
|---|
| 4575 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 4576 | */ | 
|---|
| 4577 | /*ARGSUSED*/ | 
|---|
| 4578 | static int | 
|---|
| 4579 | SaveOp(dataPtr, interp, argc, argv) | 
|---|
| 4580 | TableInterpData *dataPtr;   /* Interpreter-specific data. */ | 
|---|
| 4581 | Tcl_Interp *interp; | 
|---|
| 4582 | int argc; | 
|---|
| 4583 | char **argv; | 
|---|
| 4584 | { | 
|---|
| 4585 | Table *tablePtr; | 
|---|
| 4586 | Blt_ChainLink *linkPtr, *lastPtr; | 
|---|
| 4587 | Entry *entryPtr; | 
|---|
| 4588 | PartitionInfo *infoPtr; | 
|---|
| 4589 | RowColumn *rcPtr; | 
|---|
| 4590 | Tcl_DString dString; | 
|---|
| 4591 | int start, last; | 
|---|
| 4592 |  | 
|---|
| 4593 | if (Blt_GetTable(dataPtr, interp, argv[2], &tablePtr) != TCL_OK) { | 
|---|
| 4594 | return TCL_ERROR; | 
|---|
| 4595 | } | 
|---|
| 4596 | Tcl_DStringInit(&dString); | 
|---|
| 4597 | Tcl_DStringAppend(&dString, "\n# Table widget layout\n\n", -1); | 
|---|
| 4598 | Tcl_DStringAppend(&dString, argv[0], -1); | 
|---|
| 4599 | Tcl_DStringAppend(&dString, " ", -1); | 
|---|
| 4600 | Tcl_DStringAppend(&dString, Tk_PathName(tablePtr->tkwin), -1); | 
|---|
| 4601 | Tcl_DStringAppend(&dString, " \\\n", -1); | 
|---|
| 4602 | lastPtr = Blt_ChainLastLink(tablePtr->chainPtr); | 
|---|
| 4603 | for (linkPtr = Blt_ChainFirstLink(tablePtr->chainPtr); linkPtr != NULL; | 
|---|
| 4604 | linkPtr = Blt_ChainNextLink(linkPtr)) { | 
|---|
| 4605 | entryPtr = Blt_ChainGetValue(linkPtr); | 
|---|
| 4606 | PrintEntry(entryPtr, &dString); | 
|---|
| 4607 | if (linkPtr != lastPtr) { | 
|---|
| 4608 | Tcl_DStringAppend(&dString, " \\\n", -1); | 
|---|
| 4609 | } | 
|---|
| 4610 | } | 
|---|
| 4611 | Tcl_DStringAppend(&dString, "\n\n# Row configuration options\n\n", -1); | 
|---|
| 4612 | infoPtr = &(tablePtr->rowInfo); | 
|---|
| 4613 | for (linkPtr = Blt_ChainFirstLink(infoPtr->chainPtr); linkPtr != NULL; | 
|---|
| 4614 | linkPtr = Blt_ChainNextLink(linkPtr)) { | 
|---|
| 4615 | rcPtr = Blt_ChainGetValue(linkPtr); | 
|---|
| 4616 | start = Tcl_DStringLength(&dString); | 
|---|
| 4617 | Tcl_DStringAppend(&dString, argv[0], -1); | 
|---|
| 4618 | Tcl_DStringAppend(&dString, " configure ", -1); | 
|---|
| 4619 | Tcl_DStringAppend(&dString, Tk_PathName(tablePtr->tkwin), -1); | 
|---|
| 4620 | Tcl_DStringAppend(&dString, " r", -1); | 
|---|
| 4621 | Tcl_DStringAppend(&dString, Blt_Itoa(rcPtr->index), -1); | 
|---|
| 4622 | last = Tcl_DStringLength(&dString); | 
|---|
| 4623 | PrintRowColumn(interp, infoPtr, rcPtr, &dString); | 
|---|
| 4624 | if (Tcl_DStringLength(&dString) == last) { | 
|---|
| 4625 | Tcl_DStringSetLength(&dString, start); | 
|---|
| 4626 | } else { | 
|---|
| 4627 | Tcl_DStringAppend(&dString, "\n", -1); | 
|---|
| 4628 | } | 
|---|
| 4629 | } | 
|---|
| 4630 | Tcl_DStringAppend(&dString, "\n\n# Column configuration options\n\n", -1); | 
|---|
| 4631 | infoPtr = &(tablePtr->columnInfo); | 
|---|
| 4632 | for (linkPtr = Blt_ChainFirstLink(infoPtr->chainPtr); linkPtr != NULL; | 
|---|
| 4633 | linkPtr = Blt_ChainNextLink(linkPtr)) { | 
|---|
| 4634 | rcPtr = Blt_ChainGetValue(linkPtr); | 
|---|
| 4635 | start = Tcl_DStringLength(&dString); | 
|---|
| 4636 | Tcl_DStringAppend(&dString, argv[0], -1); | 
|---|
| 4637 | Tcl_DStringAppend(&dString, " configure ", -1); | 
|---|
| 4638 | Tcl_DStringAppend(&dString, Tk_PathName(tablePtr->tkwin), -1); | 
|---|
| 4639 | Tcl_DStringAppend(&dString, " c", -1); | 
|---|
| 4640 | Tcl_DStringAppend(&dString, Blt_Itoa(rcPtr->index), -1); | 
|---|
| 4641 | last = Tcl_DStringLength(&dString); | 
|---|
| 4642 | PrintRowColumn(interp, infoPtr, rcPtr, &dString); | 
|---|
| 4643 | if (Tcl_DStringLength(&dString) == last) { | 
|---|
| 4644 | Tcl_DStringSetLength(&dString, start); | 
|---|
| 4645 | } else { | 
|---|
| 4646 | Tcl_DStringAppend(&dString, "\n", -1); | 
|---|
| 4647 | } | 
|---|
| 4648 | } | 
|---|
| 4649 | start = Tcl_DStringLength(&dString); | 
|---|
| 4650 | Tcl_DStringAppend(&dString, "\n\n# Table configuration options\n\n", -1); | 
|---|
| 4651 | Tcl_DStringAppend(&dString, argv[0], -1); | 
|---|
| 4652 | Tcl_DStringAppend(&dString, " configure ", -1); | 
|---|
| 4653 | Tcl_DStringAppend(&dString, Tk_PathName(tablePtr->tkwin), -1); | 
|---|
| 4654 | last = Tcl_DStringLength(&dString); | 
|---|
| 4655 | PrintTable(tablePtr, &dString); | 
|---|
| 4656 | if (Tcl_DStringLength(&dString) == last) { | 
|---|
| 4657 | Tcl_DStringSetLength(&dString, start); | 
|---|
| 4658 | } else { | 
|---|
| 4659 | Tcl_DStringAppend(&dString, "\n", -1); | 
|---|
| 4660 | } | 
|---|
| 4661 | Tcl_DStringResult(interp, &dString); | 
|---|
| 4662 | return TCL_OK; | 
|---|
| 4663 | } | 
|---|
| 4664 |  | 
|---|
| 4665 | /* | 
|---|
| 4666 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 4667 | * | 
|---|
| 4668 | * SearchOp -- | 
|---|
| 4669 | * | 
|---|
| 4670 | *      Returns a list of all the pathnames of the widgets managed by | 
|---|
| 4671 | *      a table geometry manager.  The table is given by the path name of a | 
|---|
| 4672 | *      container widget associated with the table. | 
|---|
| 4673 | * | 
|---|
| 4674 | * Results: | 
|---|
| 4675 | *      Returns a standard Tcl result.  If no error occurred, TCL_OK is | 
|---|
| 4676 | *      returned and a list of widget path names is left in interp->result. | 
|---|
| 4677 | * | 
|---|
| 4678 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 4679 | */ | 
|---|
| 4680 | /*ARGSUSED*/ | 
|---|
| 4681 | static int | 
|---|
| 4682 | SearchOp(dataPtr, interp, argc, argv) | 
|---|
| 4683 | TableInterpData *dataPtr;   /* Interpreter-specific data. */ | 
|---|
| 4684 | Tcl_Interp *interp;         /* Interpreter to return list of names to */ | 
|---|
| 4685 | int argc;                   /* Number of arguments */ | 
|---|
| 4686 | char **argv;                /* Contains 1-2 arguments: pathname of container | 
|---|
| 4687 | * widget associated with the table and search | 
|---|
| 4688 | * pattern */ | 
|---|
| 4689 | { | 
|---|
| 4690 | Table *tablePtr; | 
|---|
| 4691 | Blt_ChainLink *linkPtr; | 
|---|
| 4692 | Entry *entryPtr; | 
|---|
| 4693 | int rspan, cspan, rstart, cstart; | 
|---|
| 4694 | char *pattern; | 
|---|
| 4695 | char c; | 
|---|
| 4696 | int flags; | 
|---|
| 4697 | register int i; | 
|---|
| 4698 |  | 
|---|
| 4699 | #define MATCH_PATTERN           (1<<0)  /* Find widgets whose path names | 
|---|
| 4700 | * match a given pattern */ | 
|---|
| 4701 | #define MATCH_INDEX_SPAN        (1<<1)  /* Find widgets that span index  */ | 
|---|
| 4702 | #define MATCH_INDEX_START       (1<<2)  /* Find widgets that start at index */ | 
|---|
| 4703 |  | 
|---|
| 4704 |  | 
|---|
| 4705 | if (Blt_GetTable(dataPtr, interp, argv[2], &tablePtr) != TCL_OK) { | 
|---|
| 4706 | return TCL_ERROR; | 
|---|
| 4707 | } | 
|---|
| 4708 | flags = 0; | 
|---|
| 4709 | pattern = NULL; | 
|---|
| 4710 | rspan = cspan = rstart = cstart = 0; | 
|---|
| 4711 |  | 
|---|
| 4712 | /* Parse switches and arguments first */ | 
|---|
| 4713 | for (i = 3; i < argc; i += 2) { | 
|---|
| 4714 | if (argv[i][0] == '-') { | 
|---|
| 4715 | unsigned int length; | 
|---|
| 4716 |  | 
|---|
| 4717 | if ((i + 1) == argc) { | 
|---|
| 4718 | Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "switch \"", argv[i], "\" needs value", | 
|---|
| 4719 | (char *)NULL); | 
|---|
| 4720 | return TCL_ERROR; | 
|---|
| 4721 | } | 
|---|
| 4722 | length = strlen(argv[i]); | 
|---|
| 4723 | c = argv[i][1]; | 
|---|
| 4724 | if ((c == 'p') && (length > 1) && | 
|---|
| 4725 | (strncmp(argv[3], "-pattern", length) == 0)) { | 
|---|
| 4726 | flags |= MATCH_PATTERN; | 
|---|
| 4727 | pattern = argv[4]; | 
|---|
| 4728 | } else if ((c == 's') && (length > 2) && | 
|---|
| 4729 | (strncmp(argv[i], "-start", length) == 0)) { | 
|---|
| 4730 | flags |= MATCH_INDEX_START; | 
|---|
| 4731 | if (ParseItem(tablePtr, argv[i + 1], | 
|---|
| 4732 | &rstart, &cstart) != TCL_OK) { | 
|---|
| 4733 | return TCL_ERROR; | 
|---|
| 4734 | } | 
|---|
| 4735 | } else if ((c == 's') && (length > 2) && | 
|---|
| 4736 | (strncmp(argv[i], "-span", length) == 0)) { | 
|---|
| 4737 | flags |= MATCH_INDEX_SPAN; | 
|---|
| 4738 | if (ParseItem(tablePtr, argv[4], | 
|---|
| 4739 | &rspan, &cspan) != TCL_OK) { | 
|---|
| 4740 | return TCL_ERROR; | 
|---|
| 4741 | } | 
|---|
| 4742 | } else { | 
|---|
| 4743 | Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad switch \"", argv[3], "\" : \ | 
|---|
| 4744 | should be \"-pattern\", \"-span\", or \"-start\"", (char *)NULL); | 
|---|
| 4745 | return TCL_ERROR; | 
|---|
| 4746 | } | 
|---|
| 4747 | } else { | 
|---|
| 4748 | if ((i + 1) == argc) { | 
|---|
| 4749 | pattern = argv[i]; | 
|---|
| 4750 | flags |= MATCH_PATTERN; | 
|---|
| 4751 | } | 
|---|
| 4752 | } | 
|---|
| 4753 | } | 
|---|
| 4754 |  | 
|---|
| 4755 | /* Then try to match entries with the search criteria */ | 
|---|
| 4756 |  | 
|---|
| 4757 | for (linkPtr = Blt_ChainFirstLink(tablePtr->chainPtr); linkPtr != NULL; | 
|---|
| 4758 | linkPtr = Blt_ChainNextLink(linkPtr)) { | 
|---|
| 4759 | entryPtr = Blt_ChainGetValue(linkPtr); | 
|---|
| 4760 | if ((flags & MATCH_PATTERN) && (pattern != NULL)) { | 
|---|
| 4761 | if (Tcl_StringMatch(Tk_PathName(entryPtr->tkwin), pattern)) { | 
|---|
| 4762 | goto match; | 
|---|
| 4763 | } | 
|---|
| 4764 | } | 
|---|
| 4765 | if (flags & MATCH_INDEX_SPAN) { | 
|---|
| 4766 | if ((rspan >= 0) && ((entryPtr->row.rcPtr->index <= rspan) || | 
|---|
| 4767 | ((entryPtr->row.rcPtr->index + entryPtr->row.span) > rspan))) { | 
|---|
| 4768 | goto match; | 
|---|
| 4769 | } | 
|---|
| 4770 | if ((cspan >= 0) && ((entryPtr->column.rcPtr->index <= cspan) || | 
|---|
| 4771 | ((entryPtr->column.rcPtr->index + entryPtr->column.span) | 
|---|
| 4772 | > cspan))) { | 
|---|
| 4773 | goto match; | 
|---|
| 4774 | } | 
|---|
| 4775 | } | 
|---|
| 4776 | if (flags & MATCH_INDEX_START) { | 
|---|
| 4777 | if ((rstart >= 0) && (entryPtr->row.rcPtr->index == rstart)) { | 
|---|
| 4778 | goto match; | 
|---|
| 4779 | } | 
|---|
| 4780 | if ((cstart >= 0) && (entryPtr->column.rcPtr->index == cstart)) { | 
|---|
| 4781 | goto match; | 
|---|
| 4782 | } | 
|---|
| 4783 | } | 
|---|
| 4784 | continue; | 
|---|
| 4785 | match: | 
|---|
| 4786 | Tcl_AppendElement(interp, Tk_PathName(entryPtr->tkwin)); | 
|---|
| 4787 | } | 
|---|
| 4788 | return TCL_OK; | 
|---|
| 4789 | } | 
|---|
| 4790 |  | 
|---|
| 4791 | /* | 
|---|
| 4792 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 4793 | * | 
|---|
| 4794 | * Table operations. | 
|---|
| 4795 | * | 
|---|
| 4796 | * The fields for Blt_OpSpec are as follows: | 
|---|
| 4797 | * | 
|---|
| 4798 | *   - operation name | 
|---|
| 4799 | *   - minimum number of characters required to disambiguate the operation name. | 
|---|
| 4800 | *   - function associated with operation. | 
|---|
| 4801 | *   - minimum number of arguments required. | 
|---|
| 4802 | *   - maximum number of arguments allowed (0 indicates no limit). | 
|---|
| 4803 | *   - usage string | 
|---|
| 4804 | * | 
|---|
| 4805 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 4806 | */ | 
|---|
| 4807 | static Blt_OpSpec operSpecs[] = | 
|---|
| 4808 | { | 
|---|
| 4809 | {"arrange", 1, (Blt_Op)ArrangeOp, 3, 3, "container",}, | 
|---|
| 4810 | {"cget", 2, (Blt_Op)CgetOp, 4, 5, | 
|---|
| 4811 | "container ?row|column|widget? option",}, | 
|---|
| 4812 | {"configure", 3, (Blt_Op)ConfigureOp, 3, 0, | 
|---|
| 4813 | "container ?row|column|widget?... ?option value?...",}, | 
|---|
| 4814 | {"containers", 3, (Blt_Op)ContainersOp, 2, 4, "?switch? ?arg?",}, | 
|---|
| 4815 | {"delete", 1, (Blt_Op)DeleteOp, 3, 0, | 
|---|
| 4816 | "container row|column ?row|column?",}, | 
|---|
| 4817 | {"extents", 1, (Blt_Op)ExtentsOp, 4, 4, | 
|---|
| 4818 | "container row|column|widget",}, | 
|---|
| 4819 | {"forget", 1, (Blt_Op)ForgetOp, 3, 0, "widget ?widget?...",}, | 
|---|
| 4820 | {"info", 3, (Blt_Op)InfoOp, 3, 0, | 
|---|
| 4821 | "container ?row|column|widget?...",}, | 
|---|
| 4822 | {"insert", 3, (Blt_Op)InsertOp, 4, 6, | 
|---|
| 4823 | "container ?-before|-after? row|column ?count?",}, | 
|---|
| 4824 | {"join", 1, (Blt_Op)JoinOp, 5, 5, "container first last",}, | 
|---|
| 4825 | {"locate", 2, (Blt_Op)LocateOp, 5, 5, "container x y",}, | 
|---|
| 4826 | {"save", 2, (Blt_Op)SaveOp, 3, 3, "container",}, | 
|---|
| 4827 | {"search", 2, (Blt_Op)SearchOp, 3, 0, "container ?switch arg?...",}, | 
|---|
| 4828 | {"split", 2, (Blt_Op)SplitOp, 4, 5, "container row|column div",}, | 
|---|
| 4829 | }; | 
|---|
| 4830 |  | 
|---|
| 4831 | static int nSpecs = sizeof(operSpecs) / sizeof(Blt_OpSpec); | 
|---|
| 4832 |  | 
|---|
| 4833 | /* | 
|---|
| 4834 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 4835 | * | 
|---|
| 4836 | * TableCmd -- | 
|---|
| 4837 | * | 
|---|
| 4838 | *      This procedure is invoked to process the Tcl command that | 
|---|
| 4839 | *      corresponds to the table geometry manager.  See the user | 
|---|
| 4840 | *      documentation for details on what it does. | 
|---|
| 4841 | * | 
|---|
| 4842 | * Results: | 
|---|
| 4843 | *      A standard Tcl result. | 
|---|
| 4844 | * | 
|---|
| 4845 | * Side effects: | 
|---|
| 4846 | *      See the user documentation. | 
|---|
| 4847 | * | 
|---|
| 4848 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 4849 | */ | 
|---|
| 4850 | static int | 
|---|
| 4851 | TableCmd(clientData, interp, argc, argv) | 
|---|
| 4852 | ClientData clientData;      /* Interpreter-specific data. */ | 
|---|
| 4853 | Tcl_Interp *interp; | 
|---|
| 4854 | int argc; | 
|---|
| 4855 | char **argv; | 
|---|
| 4856 | { | 
|---|
| 4857 | TableInterpData *dataPtr = clientData; | 
|---|
| 4858 | Blt_Op proc; | 
|---|
| 4859 | int result; | 
|---|
| 4860 |  | 
|---|
| 4861 | if ((argc > 1) && (argv[1][0] == '.')) { | 
|---|
| 4862 | Table *tablePtr; | 
|---|
| 4863 |  | 
|---|
| 4864 | if (Blt_GetTable(clientData, interp, argv[1], &tablePtr) != TCL_OK) { | 
|---|
| 4865 | Tcl_ResetResult(interp); | 
|---|
| 4866 | tablePtr = CreateTable(dataPtr, interp, argv[1]); | 
|---|
| 4867 | if (tablePtr == NULL) { | 
|---|
| 4868 | return TCL_ERROR; | 
|---|
| 4869 | } | 
|---|
| 4870 | } | 
|---|
| 4871 | return BuildTable(tablePtr, interp, argc, argv); | 
|---|
| 4872 | } | 
|---|
| 4873 | proc = Blt_GetOp(interp, nSpecs, operSpecs, BLT_OP_ARG1, argc, argv, 0); | 
|---|
| 4874 | if (proc == NULL) { | 
|---|
| 4875 | return TCL_ERROR; | 
|---|
| 4876 | } | 
|---|
| 4877 | result = (*proc) (dataPtr, interp, argc, argv); | 
|---|
| 4878 | return result; | 
|---|
| 4879 | } | 
|---|
| 4880 |  | 
|---|
| 4881 |  | 
|---|
| 4882 | /* | 
|---|
| 4883 | * ----------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 4884 | * | 
|---|
| 4885 | * TableInterpDeleteProc -- | 
|---|
| 4886 | * | 
|---|
| 4887 | *      This is called when the interpreter hosting the table command | 
|---|
| 4888 | *      is destroyed. | 
|---|
| 4889 | * | 
|---|
| 4890 | * Results: | 
|---|
| 4891 | *      None. | 
|---|
| 4892 | * | 
|---|
| 4893 | * Side effects: | 
|---|
| 4894 | *      Destroys all the hash table maintaining the names of the table | 
|---|
| 4895 | *      geomtry managers. | 
|---|
| 4896 | * | 
|---|
| 4897 | * ------------------------------------------------------------------------ | 
|---|
| 4898 | */ | 
|---|
| 4899 | /* ARGSUSED */ | 
|---|
| 4900 | static void | 
|---|
| 4901 | TableInterpDeleteProc(clientData, interp) | 
|---|
| 4902 | ClientData clientData;      /* Thread-specific data. */ | 
|---|
| 4903 | Tcl_Interp *interp; | 
|---|
| 4904 | { | 
|---|
| 4905 | TableInterpData *dataPtr = clientData; | 
|---|
| 4906 | Blt_HashEntry *hPtr; | 
|---|
| 4907 | Blt_HashSearch cursor; | 
|---|
| 4908 | Table *tablePtr; | 
|---|
| 4909 |  | 
|---|
| 4910 | for (hPtr = Blt_FirstHashEntry(&(dataPtr->tableTable), &cursor); | 
|---|
| 4911 | hPtr != NULL; hPtr = Blt_NextHashEntry(&cursor)) { | 
|---|
| 4912 | tablePtr = (Table *)Blt_GetHashValue(hPtr); | 
|---|
| 4913 | tablePtr->hashPtr = NULL; | 
|---|
| 4914 | DestroyTable((DestroyData)tablePtr); | 
|---|
| 4915 | } | 
|---|
| 4916 | Blt_DeleteHashTable(&(dataPtr->tableTable)); | 
|---|
| 4917 | Tcl_DeleteAssocData(interp, TABLE_THREAD_KEY); | 
|---|
| 4918 | Blt_Free(dataPtr); | 
|---|
| 4919 | } | 
|---|
| 4920 |  | 
|---|
| 4921 | static TableInterpData * | 
|---|
| 4922 | GetTableInterpData(interp) | 
|---|
| 4923 | Tcl_Interp *interp; | 
|---|
| 4924 | { | 
|---|
| 4925 | TableInterpData *dataPtr; | 
|---|
| 4926 | Tcl_InterpDeleteProc *proc; | 
|---|
| 4927 |  | 
|---|
| 4928 | dataPtr = (TableInterpData *) | 
|---|
| 4929 | Tcl_GetAssocData(interp, TABLE_THREAD_KEY, &proc); | 
|---|
| 4930 | if (dataPtr == NULL) { | 
|---|
| 4931 | dataPtr = Blt_Malloc(sizeof(TableInterpData)); | 
|---|
| 4932 | assert(dataPtr); | 
|---|
| 4933 | Tcl_SetAssocData(interp, TABLE_THREAD_KEY, TableInterpDeleteProc, | 
|---|
| 4934 | dataPtr); | 
|---|
| 4935 | Blt_InitHashTable(&(dataPtr->tableTable), BLT_ONE_WORD_KEYS); | 
|---|
| 4936 | } | 
|---|
| 4937 | return dataPtr; | 
|---|
| 4938 | } | 
|---|
| 4939 |  | 
|---|
| 4940 |  | 
|---|
| 4941 | /* | 
|---|
| 4942 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 4943 | * | 
|---|
| 4944 | * Blt_TableInit -- | 
|---|
| 4945 | * | 
|---|
| 4946 | *      This procedure is invoked to initialize the Tcl command that | 
|---|
| 4947 | *      corresponds to the table geometry manager. | 
|---|
| 4948 | * | 
|---|
| 4949 | * Results: | 
|---|
| 4950 | *      None. | 
|---|
| 4951 | * | 
|---|
| 4952 | * Side effects: | 
|---|
| 4953 | *      Creates the new command and adds an entry into a global Tcl | 
|---|
| 4954 | *      associative array. | 
|---|
| 4955 | * | 
|---|
| 4956 | * --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|---|
| 4957 | */ | 
|---|
| 4958 | int | 
|---|
| 4959 | Blt_TableInit(interp) | 
|---|
| 4960 | Tcl_Interp *interp; | 
|---|
| 4961 | { | 
|---|
| 4962 | static Blt_CmdSpec cmdSpec = {"table", TableCmd, }; | 
|---|
| 4963 | TableInterpData *dataPtr; | 
|---|
| 4964 |  | 
|---|
| 4965 | dataPtr = GetTableInterpData(interp); | 
|---|
| 4966 | cmdSpec.clientData = dataPtr; | 
|---|
| 4967 | if (Blt_InitCmd(interp, "blt", &cmdSpec) == NULL) { | 
|---|
| 4968 | return TCL_ERROR; | 
|---|
| 4969 | } | 
|---|
| 4970 | rowUid = (Blt_Uid)Tk_GetUid("row"); | 
|---|
| 4971 | columnUid = (Blt_Uid)Tk_GetUid("column"); | 
|---|
| 4972 | return TCL_OK; | 
|---|
| 4973 | } | 
|---|